1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 256 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 257 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 258 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 259 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 260 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 261 262 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 263 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 264 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 265 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 266 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 267 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 268 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 269 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 270 271 if (!LookupCtx) { 272 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 273 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 274 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 275 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 276 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 277 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 278 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 279 // 280 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 281 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 282 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 283 return nullptr; 284 285 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 286 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 287 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 288 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 289 290 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 291 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 292 II, NameLoc); 293 return ParsedType::make(T); 294 } 295 296 return nullptr; 297 } 298 299 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 300 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 301 return nullptr; 302 } 303 304 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 305 // lookup for class-names. 306 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 307 LookupOrdinaryName; 308 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 309 if (LookupCtx) { 310 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 311 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 312 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 313 // nested-name-specifier. 314 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 315 316 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 317 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 318 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 319 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 320 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 321 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 322 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 323 LookupName(Result, S); 324 } 325 } else { 326 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 327 LookupName(Result, S); 328 329 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 330 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 331 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 332 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 333 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 334 return TypeInBase; 335 } 336 } 337 338 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 339 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 340 case LookupResult::NotFound: 341 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 342 if (CorrectedII) { 343 TypoCorrection Correction = 344 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 345 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 346 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 347 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 348 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 349 TemplateTy Template; 350 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 351 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 352 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 353 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 354 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 355 if (SS && NNS) { 356 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 357 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 358 } 359 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 360 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 361 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 362 // is handled elsewhere). 363 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 364 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 365 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 366 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 367 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 368 IsCtorOrDtorName, 369 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 370 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 371 if (Ty) { 372 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 373 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 374 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 375 if (SS && NNS) 376 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 377 *CorrectedII = NewII; 378 return Ty; 379 } 380 } 381 } 382 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 383 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 384 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 385 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 386 return nullptr; 387 388 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 389 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 390 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 391 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 392 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 393 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 394 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 395 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 396 return nullptr; 397 } 398 399 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 400 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 401 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 402 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 403 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 404 if (!IIDecl || 405 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 406 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 407 IIDecl = *Res; 408 } 409 } 410 411 if (!IIDecl) { 412 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 413 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 414 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 415 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 416 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 417 // a type name. 418 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 419 return nullptr; 420 } 421 422 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 423 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 424 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 425 // perform the name lookup again. 426 break; 427 428 case LookupResult::Found: 429 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 430 break; 431 } 432 433 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 434 435 QualType T; 436 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 437 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 438 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 439 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 440 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 441 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 442 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 443 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 444 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 445 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 446 << &II << /*Type*/1; 447 448 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 449 450 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 451 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 452 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 453 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 454 if (!HasTrailingDot) 455 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 456 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 457 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 458 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 459 QualType(), false); 460 } 461 462 if (T.isNull()) { 463 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 464 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 465 return nullptr; 466 } 467 468 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 469 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 470 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 471 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 472 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 473 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 474 // Construct a type with type-source information. 475 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 476 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 477 478 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 479 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 480 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 481 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 482 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 483 } else { 484 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 485 } 486 } 487 488 return ParsedType::make(T); 489 } 490 491 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 492 static NestedNameSpecifier * 493 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 494 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 495 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 496 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 497 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 498 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 499 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 500 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 501 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 502 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 503 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 504 } 505 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 506 } 507 508 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 509 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 510 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 511 /// correctly rejects. 512 static const CXXRecordDecl * 513 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 514 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 515 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 516 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 517 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 518 return MD->getParent(); 519 } 520 return nullptr; 521 } 522 523 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 524 SourceLocation NameLoc, 525 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 526 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 527 528 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 529 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 530 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 531 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 532 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 533 // lookup is retried. 534 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 535 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 536 // name specifiers. 537 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 538 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 539 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 540 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 541 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 542 // instantiation time. 543 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 544 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 545 546 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 547 // template instantiation. 548 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 549 << RD; 550 } else { 551 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 552 return ParsedType(); 553 } 554 555 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 556 557 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 558 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 559 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 560 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 561 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 562 563 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 564 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 565 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 566 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 567 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 568 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 569 } 570 571 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 572 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 573 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 574 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 575 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 576 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 577 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 578 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 579 LookupName(R, S, false); 580 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 581 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 582 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 583 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 584 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 585 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 586 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 587 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 588 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 589 } 590 } 591 592 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 593 } 594 595 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 596 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 597 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 598 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 599 /// @code 600 /// template<class T> class A { 601 /// public: 602 /// typedef int TYPE; 603 /// }; 604 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 605 /// public: 606 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 607 /// }; 608 /// @endcode 609 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 610 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 611 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 612 return true; 613 614 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 615 616 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 617 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 618 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 619 return true; 620 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 621 } 622 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 623 } 624 625 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 626 SourceLocation IILoc, 627 Scope *S, 628 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 629 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 630 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 631 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 632 SuggestedType = nullptr; 633 634 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 635 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 636 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 637 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 638 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 639 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 640 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 641 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 642 // We corrected to a keyword. 643 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 644 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 645 } else { 646 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 647 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 648 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 649 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 650 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 651 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 652 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 653 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 654 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 655 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 656 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 657 } else { 658 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 659 } 660 661 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 662 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 663 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 664 SourceRange(IILoc)); 665 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 666 SuggestedType = 667 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 668 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 669 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 670 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 671 } 672 return; 673 } 674 675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 676 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 677 UnqualifiedId Name; 678 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 679 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 680 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 681 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 682 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 683 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 684 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 685 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 686 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 687 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 688 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 689 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 690 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 691 } 692 return; 693 } 694 } 695 696 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 697 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 698 699 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 700 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 701 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 702 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 703 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 704 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 705 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 706 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 707 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 708 709 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 710 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 711 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 712 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 713 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 714 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 715 } else { 716 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 717 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 718 } 719 } 720 721 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 722 /// or 723 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 724 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 725 NextToken.is(tok::less); 726 727 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 728 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 729 return true; 730 731 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 732 return true; 733 } 734 735 return false; 736 } 737 738 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 739 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 740 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 741 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 742 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 743 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 744 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 745 StringRef FixItTagName; 746 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 747 case TTK_Class: 748 FixItTagName = "class "; 749 break; 750 751 case TTK_Enum: 752 FixItTagName = "enum "; 753 break; 754 755 case TTK_Struct: 756 FixItTagName = "struct "; 757 break; 758 759 case TTK_Interface: 760 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 761 break; 762 763 case TTK_Union: 764 FixItTagName = "union "; 765 break; 766 } 767 768 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 769 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 770 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 771 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 772 773 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 774 I != IEnd; ++I) 775 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 776 << Name << TagName; 777 778 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 779 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 780 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 781 return true; 782 } 783 784 return false; 785 } 786 787 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 788 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 789 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 790 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 791 792 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 793 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 794 795 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 796 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 797 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 798 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 799 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 800 } 801 802 Sema::NameClassification 803 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 804 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 805 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 806 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 807 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 808 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 809 810 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 811 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 812 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 813 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 814 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 815 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 816 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 817 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 818 // will reject it later. 819 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 820 } 821 822 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 823 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 824 825 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 826 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 827 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 828 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 829 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 830 return TypeInBase; 831 } 832 833 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 834 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 835 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 836 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 837 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 838 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 839 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 840 return E; 841 } 842 843 bool SecondTry = false; 844 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 845 846 Corrected: 847 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 848 case LookupResult::NotFound: 849 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 850 // call. 851 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 852 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 853 // FIXME: Reference? 854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 855 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 856 857 // C90 6.3.2.2: 858 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 859 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 860 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 861 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 862 // the function call, the declaration 863 // 864 // extern int identifier (); 865 // 866 // appeared. 867 // 868 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 869 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 870 Result.addDecl(D); 871 Result.resolveKind(); 872 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 873 } 874 } 875 876 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 877 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 878 // "struct", or "union". 879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 880 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 881 break; 882 } 883 884 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 885 // close to this name. 886 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 887 SecondTry = true; 888 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 889 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 890 &SS, std::move(CCC), 891 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 892 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 893 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 894 895 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 896 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 898 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 899 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 900 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 901 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 902 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 903 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 904 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 905 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 906 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 907 } 908 909 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 910 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 911 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 912 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 913 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 914 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 915 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 916 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 917 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 918 } 919 920 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 921 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 922 923 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 924 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 925 return Name; 926 927 // Also update the LookupResult... 928 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 929 Result.clear(); 930 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 931 if (FirstDecl) 932 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 933 934 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 935 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 936 // reference the ivar. 937 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 938 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 939 Result.clear(); 940 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 941 return E; 942 } 943 944 goto Corrected; 945 } 946 } 947 948 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 949 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 950 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 951 952 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 953 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 954 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 955 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 956 957 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 958 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 959 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 960 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 961 // qualified by the keyword typename. 962 // 963 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 964 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 965 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 966 // keyword here. 967 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 968 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 969 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 970 } 971 972 case LookupResult::Found: 973 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 974 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 975 break; 976 977 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 979 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 980 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 981 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 982 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 983 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 984 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 985 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 986 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 987 // ambiguous. 988 // 989 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 990 // so try again after filtering out template names. 991 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 992 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 993 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 994 break; 995 } 996 } 997 998 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 999 return NameClassification::Error(); 1000 } 1001 1002 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1003 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1004 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1005 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1006 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1007 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1008 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1009 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1010 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1011 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1012 1013 if (!Result.empty()) { 1014 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1015 bool IsVarTemplate; 1016 TemplateName Template; 1017 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1018 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1019 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1020 Result.end()); 1021 } else { 1022 TemplateDecl *TD 1023 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1024 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1025 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1026 1027 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1028 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1029 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1030 TD); 1031 else 1032 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1033 } 1034 1035 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1036 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1037 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1038 // to based on which function we selected. 1039 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1040 1041 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1042 } 1043 1044 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1045 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1046 } 1047 } 1048 1049 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1050 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1051 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1052 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1053 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1054 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1055 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1056 return ParsedType::make(T); 1057 } 1058 1059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1060 if (!Class) { 1061 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1062 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1063 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1064 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1065 } 1066 1067 if (Class) { 1068 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1069 1070 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1071 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1072 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1073 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1074 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1075 } 1076 1077 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1078 return ParsedType::make(T); 1079 } 1080 1081 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1082 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1083 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1084 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1085 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1086 1087 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1088 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1089 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1090 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1091 (NextIsOp && 1092 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1093 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1094 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1095 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1096 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1097 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1098 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1099 return ParsedType::make(T); 1100 } 1101 1102 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1103 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1104 nullptr, S); 1105 1106 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1107 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1108 } 1109 1110 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1111 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1112 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1113 if (!TD) 1114 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1115 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1116 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1117 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1118 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1119 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1120 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1121 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1122 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1123 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1124 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1125 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1126 } 1127 1128 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1129 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1130 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1131 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1132 1133 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1134 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1135 // the context we'll need to return to. 1136 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1137 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1138 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1139 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1140 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1141 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1142 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1143 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1144 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1145 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1146 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1147 1148 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1149 // lexical context. 1150 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1151 return DC; 1152 1153 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1154 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1155 // class is the context we need to return to. 1156 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1157 DC = RD; 1158 1159 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1160 // declared in. 1161 return DC; 1162 } 1163 1164 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1165 } 1166 1167 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1168 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1169 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1170 CurContext = DC; 1171 S->setEntity(DC); 1172 } 1173 1174 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1175 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1176 1177 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1182 Decl *D) { 1183 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1184 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1185 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1186 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1187 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1188 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1189 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1190 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1191 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1192 return Result; 1193 } 1194 1195 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1196 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1197 } 1198 1199 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1200 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1201 /// 1202 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1203 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1204 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1205 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1206 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1207 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1208 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1209 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1210 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1211 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1212 // namespace. 1213 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1214 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1215 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1216 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1217 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1218 1219 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1220 1221 #ifndef NDEBUG 1222 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1223 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1224 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1225 #endif 1226 1227 CurContext = DC; 1228 S->setEntity(DC); 1229 } 1230 1231 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1232 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1233 1234 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1235 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1236 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1237 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1238 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1239 1240 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1241 // disappear. 1242 } 1243 1244 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1245 // We assume that the caller has already called 1246 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1247 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1248 if (!FD) 1249 return; 1250 1251 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1252 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1253 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1254 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1255 CurContext = FD; 1256 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1257 1258 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1259 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1260 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1261 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1262 S->AddDecl(Param); 1263 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1264 } 1265 } 1266 } 1267 1268 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1269 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1270 // rather than the top-level class. 1271 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1272 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1273 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1274 } 1275 1276 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1277 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1278 /// 1279 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1280 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1281 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1282 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1283 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1284 /// attribute. 1285 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1286 ASTContext &Context) { 1287 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1288 return true; 1289 1290 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1291 return true; 1292 1293 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1294 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1295 } 1296 1297 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1298 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1299 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1300 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1301 // scope. 1302 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1303 S = S->getParent(); 1304 1305 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1306 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1307 // into any context. 1308 if (AddToContext) 1309 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1310 1311 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1312 // are function-local declarations. 1313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1314 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1315 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1316 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1317 return; 1318 1319 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1320 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1321 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1322 return; 1323 1324 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1325 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1326 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1327 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1328 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1329 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1330 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1331 1332 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1333 break; 1334 } 1335 } 1336 1337 S->AddDecl(D); 1338 1339 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1340 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1341 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1342 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1343 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1344 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1345 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1346 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1347 continue; 1348 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1349 break; 1350 } 1351 1352 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1353 } else { 1354 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1355 } 1356 } 1357 1358 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1359 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1360 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1361 } 1362 1363 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1364 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1365 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1366 } 1367 1368 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1369 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1370 do { 1371 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1372 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1373 return S; 1374 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1375 1376 return nullptr; 1377 } 1378 1379 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1380 DeclContext*, 1381 ASTContext&); 1382 1383 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1384 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1385 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1386 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1387 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1388 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1389 while (F.hasNext()) { 1390 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1391 1392 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1393 continue; 1394 1395 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1396 continue; 1397 1398 F.erase(); 1399 } 1400 1401 F.done(); 1402 } 1403 1404 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1405 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1406 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1407 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1411 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1412 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1413 while (F.hasNext()) 1414 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1415 F.erase(); 1416 1417 F.done(); 1418 } 1419 1420 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1421 /// @code 1422 /// class S { 1423 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1424 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1425 /// }; 1426 /// @endcode 1427 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1428 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1429 // the decl here. 1430 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1431 return false; 1432 1433 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1434 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1436 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1437 return false; 1438 } 1439 1440 // We need this to handle 1441 // 1442 // typedef struct { 1443 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1444 // } A; 1445 // 1446 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1447 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1448 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1449 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1450 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1451 // not. 1452 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1453 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1454 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1455 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1456 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1457 return true; 1458 } 1459 DC = DC->getParent(); 1460 } 1461 1462 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1463 } 1464 1465 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1466 // these semantics. 1467 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1468 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1469 return false; 1470 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1471 } 1472 1473 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1474 assert(D); 1475 1476 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1477 return false; 1478 1479 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1480 // of members of class templates. 1481 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1482 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1483 return false; 1484 1485 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1486 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1487 return false; 1488 1489 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1490 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1491 return false; 1492 } else { 1493 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1494 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1495 return false; 1496 } 1497 1498 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1499 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1500 return false; 1501 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1502 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1503 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1504 // like "inline".) 1505 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1506 return false; 1507 1508 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1509 return false; 1510 1511 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1512 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1513 return false; 1514 1515 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1516 return false; 1517 } else { 1518 return false; 1519 } 1520 1521 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1522 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1523 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1524 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1525 } 1526 1527 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1528 if (!D) 1529 return; 1530 1531 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1532 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1533 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1534 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1535 } 1536 1537 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1538 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1539 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1540 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1541 } 1542 1543 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1544 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1545 } 1546 1547 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1548 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1549 return false; 1550 1551 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1552 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1553 return false; 1554 1555 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1556 return true; 1557 1558 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1559 // functions. 1560 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1561 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1562 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1563 WithinFunction = 1564 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1565 if (!WithinFunction) 1566 return false; 1567 1568 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1569 return true; 1570 1571 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1572 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1573 return false; 1574 1575 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1576 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1577 1578 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1579 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1580 1581 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1582 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1583 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1584 return false; 1585 } 1586 1587 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1588 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1589 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1590 return false; 1591 1592 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1593 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1594 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1595 1596 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1597 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1598 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1599 return false; 1600 1601 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1602 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1603 return false; 1604 1605 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1606 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1607 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1608 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1609 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1610 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1611 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1612 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1613 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1614 return false; 1615 } 1616 } 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1621 } 1622 1623 return true; 1624 } 1625 1626 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1627 FixItHint &Hint) { 1628 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1629 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1630 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1631 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1632 return; 1633 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1634 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1635 } 1636 } 1637 1638 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1639 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1640 return; 1641 1642 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1643 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1644 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1645 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1646 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1647 } 1648 } 1649 1650 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1651 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1652 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1653 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1654 return; 1655 1656 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1657 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1658 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1659 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1660 return; 1661 } 1662 1663 FixItHint Hint; 1664 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1665 1666 unsigned DiagID; 1667 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1668 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1669 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1670 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1671 else 1672 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1673 1674 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1675 } 1676 1677 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1678 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1679 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1680 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1681 // MS inline assembly label name. 1682 bool Diagnose = false; 1683 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1684 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1685 else 1686 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1687 if (Diagnose) 1688 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1689 } 1690 1691 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1692 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1693 1694 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1695 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1696 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1697 1698 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1699 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1700 1701 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1702 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1703 1704 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1705 1706 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1707 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1708 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1709 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1710 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1711 } 1712 1713 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1714 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1715 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1716 1717 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1718 // already. 1719 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1720 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1721 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1722 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1723 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1724 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1725 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1726 } 1727 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1728 } 1729 } 1730 } 1731 1732 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1733 /// 1734 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1735 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1736 /// to the fixed name. 1737 /// 1738 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1739 /// 1740 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1741 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1742 /// 1743 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1744 /// class could not be found. 1745 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1746 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1747 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1748 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1749 // creation from this context. 1750 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1751 1752 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1753 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1754 // find an Objective-C class name. 1755 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1756 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1757 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1758 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1759 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1760 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1761 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1762 } 1763 } 1764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1765 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1766 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1767 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1768 return Def; 1769 } 1770 1771 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1772 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1773 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1774 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1775 /// ill-formed in C++: 1776 /// @code 1777 /// struct S6 { 1778 /// enum { BAR } e; 1779 /// }; 1780 /// 1781 /// void test_S6() { 1782 /// struct S6 a; 1783 /// a.e = BAR; 1784 /// } 1785 /// @endcode 1786 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1787 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1788 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1789 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1790 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1791 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1792 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1793 /// contain non-field names. 1794 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1795 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1796 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1797 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1798 S = S->getParent(); 1799 return S; 1800 } 1801 1802 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1803 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1804 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1805 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1806 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1807 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1808 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1809 return; 1810 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1811 1812 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1813 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1814 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1815 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1816 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1817 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1818 } 1819 1820 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1821 switch (Error) { 1822 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1823 return ""; 1824 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1825 return "stdio.h"; 1826 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1827 return "setjmp.h"; 1828 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1829 return "ucontext.h"; 1830 } 1831 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1832 } 1833 1834 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1835 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1836 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1837 /// built-in. 1838 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1839 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1840 SourceLocation Loc) { 1841 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1842 1843 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1844 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1845 if (Error) { 1846 if (ForRedeclaration) 1847 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1848 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1849 return nullptr; 1850 } 1851 1852 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1853 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1854 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1855 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1856 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1857 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1858 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1859 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1860 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1861 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1862 } 1863 1864 if (R.isNull()) 1865 return nullptr; 1866 1867 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1869 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1870 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1871 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1872 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1873 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1874 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1875 } 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1878 Parent, 1879 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1880 SC_Extern, 1881 false, 1882 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1883 New->setImplicit(); 1884 1885 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1886 // FunctionDecl. 1887 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1888 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1889 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1890 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1891 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1892 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1893 SC_None, nullptr); 1894 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1895 Params.push_back(parm); 1896 } 1897 New->setParams(Params); 1898 } 1899 1900 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1901 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1902 1903 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1904 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1905 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1906 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1907 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1908 CurContext = Parent; 1909 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1910 CurContext = SavedContext; 1911 return New; 1912 } 1913 1914 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1915 /// entity if their types are the same. 1916 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1917 /// isSameEntity. 1918 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1919 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1920 LookupResult &Previous) { 1921 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1922 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1923 return; 1924 1925 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1926 if (Previous.empty()) 1927 return; 1928 1929 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1930 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1931 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1932 1933 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1934 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1935 continue; 1936 1937 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1938 // different linkages. 1939 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1940 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1941 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1942 continue; 1943 1944 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1945 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1946 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1947 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1948 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1949 continue; 1950 } 1951 1952 Filter.erase(); 1953 } 1954 1955 Filter.done(); 1956 } 1957 1958 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1959 QualType OldType; 1960 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1961 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1962 else 1963 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1964 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1965 1966 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1967 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1968 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1970 << Kind << NewType; 1971 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1972 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1973 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1974 return true; 1975 } 1976 1977 if (OldType != NewType && 1978 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1979 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1980 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1981 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1983 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1984 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1985 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1986 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1987 return true; 1988 } 1989 return false; 1990 } 1991 1992 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1993 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1994 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1995 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1996 /// 1997 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1998 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1999 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2000 // merging checks. 2001 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2002 2003 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2004 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2005 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2006 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2007 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2008 default: break; 2009 case 2: 2010 { 2011 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2012 break; 2013 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2014 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2015 break; 2016 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2017 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2018 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2019 break; 2020 } 2021 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2022 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2023 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2024 return; 2025 } 2026 case 5: 2027 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2028 break; 2029 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2030 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2031 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2032 return; 2033 case 3: 2034 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2035 break; 2036 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2037 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2038 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2039 return; 2040 } 2041 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2042 } 2043 2044 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2045 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2046 if (!Old) { 2047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2048 << New->getDeclName(); 2049 2050 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2051 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2052 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2053 2054 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2055 } 2056 2057 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2058 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2059 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2060 2061 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2062 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2063 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2064 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2066 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2067 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2068 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2069 // instead of our tag. 2070 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2071 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2072 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2073 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2074 else 2075 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2076 2077 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2078 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2079 2080 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2081 // out of the scope. 2082 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2083 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2084 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2085 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2086 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2087 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2088 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2089 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2090 } 2091 } 2092 } 2093 } 2094 2095 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2096 // with any extensions enabled. 2097 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2098 return; 2099 2100 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2101 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2102 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2103 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2104 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2105 } 2106 2107 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2108 return; 2109 2110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2111 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2112 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2113 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2114 // to the type to which it already refers. 2115 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2116 return; 2117 2118 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2119 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2120 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2121 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2122 // 2123 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2124 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2125 // 2126 // struct S { 2127 // typedef struct A { } A; 2128 // }; 2129 // 2130 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2131 // allow the above but disallow 2132 // 2133 // struct S { 2134 // typedef int I; 2135 // typedef int I; 2136 // }; 2137 // 2138 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2139 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2140 return; 2141 2142 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2143 << New->getDeclName(); 2144 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2145 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2146 } 2147 2148 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2149 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2150 return; 2151 2152 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2153 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2154 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2155 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2156 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2157 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2158 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2159 return; 2160 2161 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2162 << New->getDeclName(); 2163 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2164 } 2165 2166 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2167 /// attribute. 2168 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2169 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2170 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2171 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2172 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2173 if (Ann) { 2174 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2175 return true; 2176 continue; 2177 } 2178 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2179 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2180 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2181 return true; 2182 } 2183 2184 return false; 2185 } 2186 2187 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2188 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2189 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2190 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2191 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2192 return true; 2193 } 2194 2195 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2196 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2197 /// 2198 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2199 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2200 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2201 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2202 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2203 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2204 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2205 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2206 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2207 // in a case like: 2208 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2209 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2210 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2211 // definition in such a case. 2212 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2213 return false; 2214 2215 if (I->isAlignas()) 2216 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2217 2218 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2219 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2220 OldAlign = Align; 2221 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2222 } 2223 } 2224 2225 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2226 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2227 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2228 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2229 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2230 return false; 2231 2232 if (I->isAlignas()) 2233 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2234 2235 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2236 if (Align > NewAlign) 2237 NewAlign = Align; 2238 } 2239 2240 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2241 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2242 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2243 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2244 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2245 2246 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2247 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2248 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2249 QualType Ty; 2250 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2251 Ty = VD->getType(); 2252 else 2253 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2254 2255 if (OldAlign == 0) 2256 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2257 if (NewAlign == 0) 2258 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2259 } 2260 2261 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2262 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2263 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2264 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2265 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2266 } 2267 } 2268 2269 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2270 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2271 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2272 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2273 // equivalent alignment. 2274 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2275 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2276 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2277 // have no alignment specifier. 2278 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2279 << OldAlignasAttr; 2280 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2281 << OldAlignasAttr; 2282 } 2283 2284 bool AnyAdded = false; 2285 2286 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2287 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2288 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2289 Clone->setInherited(true); 2290 New->addAttr(Clone); 2291 AnyAdded = true; 2292 } 2293 2294 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2295 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2296 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2297 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2298 Clone->setInherited(true); 2299 New->addAttr(Clone); 2300 AnyAdded = true; 2301 } 2302 2303 return AnyAdded; 2304 } 2305 2306 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2307 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2308 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2309 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2310 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2311 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2312 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2313 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2314 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2315 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2316 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2317 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2318 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2319 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2320 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2321 AA->getDeprecated(), 2322 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2323 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2324 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2325 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2326 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2327 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2328 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2329 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2330 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2331 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2332 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2333 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2334 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2335 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2336 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2337 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2338 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2339 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2340 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2341 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2342 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2343 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2344 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2345 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2346 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2347 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2348 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2349 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2350 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2351 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2352 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2353 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2354 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2355 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2356 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2357 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2358 return false; 2359 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2360 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2361 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2362 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2363 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2364 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2365 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2366 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2367 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2368 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2369 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2370 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2371 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2372 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2373 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2374 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2375 NewAttr = nullptr; 2376 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2377 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2378 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2379 NewAttr = nullptr; 2380 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2381 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2382 UA->getGuid()); 2383 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2384 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2385 2386 if (NewAttr) { 2387 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2388 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2389 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2390 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2391 return true; 2392 } 2393 2394 return false; 2395 } 2396 2397 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2398 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2399 return TD->getDefinition(); 2400 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2401 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2402 if (Def) 2403 return Def; 2404 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2405 } 2406 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2407 return FD->getDefinition(); 2408 return nullptr; 2409 } 2410 2411 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2412 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2413 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2414 return true; 2415 return false; 2416 } 2417 2418 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2419 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2420 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2421 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2422 return; 2423 2424 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2425 if (!Def || Def == New) 2426 return; 2427 2428 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2429 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2430 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2431 2432 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2433 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2434 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2435 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2436 2437 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2438 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2439 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2440 --E; 2441 continue; 2442 } 2443 } else { 2444 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2445 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2446 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2447 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2448 : diag::err_redefinition; 2449 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2450 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2451 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2452 } 2453 ++I; 2454 continue; 2455 } 2456 2457 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2458 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2459 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2460 ++I; 2461 continue; 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2466 ++I; 2467 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2468 } 2469 2470 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2471 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2472 ++I; 2473 continue; 2474 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2475 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2476 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2477 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2478 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2479 // equivalent alignment. 2480 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2481 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2482 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2483 // have no alignment specifier. 2484 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2485 << AA; 2486 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2487 << AA; 2488 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2489 --E; 2490 continue; 2491 } 2492 } 2493 2494 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2495 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2496 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2497 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2498 --E; 2499 } 2500 } 2501 2502 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2503 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2504 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2505 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2506 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2507 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2508 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2509 } 2510 2511 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2512 return; 2513 2514 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2515 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2516 2517 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2518 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2519 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2520 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2522 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2523 } 2524 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2525 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2526 // already been ODR-used. 2527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2528 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2529 } 2530 } 2531 2532 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2533 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2534 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2535 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2536 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2537 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2538 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2539 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2540 << NewTag; 2541 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2542 } 2543 } 2544 } else { 2545 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2546 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2547 } 2548 } 2549 2550 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2551 return; 2552 2553 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2554 2555 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2556 // we process them. 2557 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2558 2559 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2560 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2561 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2562 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2563 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2564 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2565 switch (AMK) { 2566 case AMK_None: 2567 continue; 2568 2569 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2570 case AMK_Override: 2571 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2572 LocalAMK = AMK; 2573 break; 2574 } 2575 } 2576 2577 // Already handled. 2578 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2579 continue; 2580 2581 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2582 foundAny = true; 2583 } 2584 2585 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2586 foundAny = true; 2587 2588 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2589 } 2590 2591 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2592 /// to the new one. 2593 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2594 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2595 Sema &S) { 2596 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2597 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2598 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2599 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2600 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2601 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2602 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2603 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2604 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2605 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2606 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2607 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2608 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2609 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2610 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2611 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2612 } 2613 2614 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2615 return; 2616 2617 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2618 2619 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2620 // done before we process them. 2621 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2622 2623 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2624 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2625 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2626 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2627 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2628 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2629 foundAny = true; 2630 } 2631 } 2632 2633 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2634 } 2635 2636 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2637 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2638 Sema &S) { 2639 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2640 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2641 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2642 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2643 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2644 *Newnullability, 2645 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2646 != 0)) 2647 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2648 *Oldnullability, 2649 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2650 != 0)); 2651 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2652 } 2653 } else { 2654 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2655 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2656 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2657 NewT, NewT); 2658 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2659 } 2660 } 2661 } 2662 2663 namespace { 2664 2665 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2666 /// C. 2667 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2668 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2669 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2670 QualType PromotedType; 2671 }; 2672 2673 } // end anonymous namespace 2674 2675 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2676 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2677 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2678 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2679 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2680 2681 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2682 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2683 2684 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2685 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2686 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2687 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2688 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2689 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2690 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2691 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2692 } 2693 2694 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2695 } 2696 2697 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2698 // declaration, or a declaration. 2699 template <typename T> 2700 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2701 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2702 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2703 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2704 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2705 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2706 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2707 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2708 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2709 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2710 } else 2711 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2712 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2713 } 2714 2715 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2716 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2717 /// GNU89 mode. 2718 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2719 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2720 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2721 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2722 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2723 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2724 } 2725 2726 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2727 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2728 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2729 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2730 return AT; 2731 } 2732 2733 template <typename T> 2734 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2735 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2736 if (DC->isRecord()) 2737 return false; 2738 2739 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2740 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2741 return true; 2742 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2743 return true; 2744 return false; 2745 } 2746 2747 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2748 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2749 2750 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2751 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2752 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2753 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2754 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2755 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2756 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2757 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2758 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2759 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2760 // and function templates; or 2761 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2762 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2763 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2764 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2765 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2766 2767 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2768 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2769 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2770 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2771 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2772 2773 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2774 if (Old && 2775 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2776 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2777 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2778 Old = nullptr; 2779 2780 if (!Old) { 2781 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2782 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2783 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2784 return true; 2785 } 2786 return false; 2787 } 2788 2789 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2790 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2791 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2792 2793 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2794 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2795 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2796 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2797 return true; 2798 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2799 }; 2800 2801 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2802 } 2803 2804 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2805 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2806 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2807 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2808 /// 2809 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2810 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2811 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2812 /// merged with. 2813 /// 2814 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2815 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2816 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2817 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2818 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2819 if (!Old) { 2820 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2821 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2823 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2824 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2825 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2826 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2827 return true; 2828 } 2829 2830 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2831 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2832 return true; 2833 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2834 } else { 2835 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2836 << New->getDeclName(); 2837 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2838 return true; 2839 } 2840 } 2841 2842 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2843 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2844 return true; 2845 2846 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2847 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2848 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2849 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2850 2851 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2852 // is an extern inline function. 2853 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2854 // storage classes. 2855 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2856 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2857 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2858 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2859 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2860 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2861 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2862 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2863 } else { 2864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2865 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2866 return true; 2867 } 2868 } 2869 2870 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2871 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2873 << New->getDeclName(); 2874 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2875 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2876 } 2877 2878 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2879 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2880 // convention of the first. 2881 // 2882 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2883 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2884 // 2885 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2886 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2887 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2888 // 2889 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2890 // other tests to run. 2891 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2892 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2893 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2894 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2895 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2896 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2897 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2898 2899 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2900 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2901 const FunctionType *FT = 2902 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2903 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2904 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2905 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2906 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2907 // there but not here. 2908 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2909 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2910 } else { 2911 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2912 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2914 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2915 << !FirstCCExplicit 2916 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2917 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2918 2919 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2920 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2921 return true; 2922 } 2923 } 2924 2925 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2926 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2927 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2928 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2929 } 2930 2931 // Merge regparm attribute. 2932 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2933 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2934 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2936 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2937 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2938 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2939 return true; 2940 } 2941 2942 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2943 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2944 } 2945 2946 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2947 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2948 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2949 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2950 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2951 return true; 2952 } 2953 2954 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2955 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2956 } 2957 2958 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2959 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2960 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2961 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2962 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2963 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2964 } 2965 2966 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2967 // UndefinedButUsed. 2968 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2969 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2970 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2971 Old->isUsed(false) && 2972 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2973 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2974 SourceLocation())); 2975 2976 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2977 // about it. 2978 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2979 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2980 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2981 } 2982 2983 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2984 // redeclaration. 2985 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2986 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2988 << New->getDeclName(); 2989 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2990 return true; 2991 } 2992 2993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2994 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2995 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2996 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2997 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 2998 2999 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3000 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3001 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3002 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3003 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3004 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3005 return true; 3006 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3007 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3008 3009 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3010 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3011 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3012 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3013 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3014 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3015 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3016 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3017 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3018 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3019 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3020 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3021 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3022 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3023 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3024 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3025 QualType ResQT; 3026 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3027 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3028 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3029 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3030 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3032 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3033 else 3034 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3035 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3036 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3037 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3038 return true; 3039 } 3040 else 3041 NewQType = ResQT; 3042 } 3043 3044 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3045 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3046 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3047 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3048 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3049 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3050 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3051 New->setType( 3052 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3053 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3054 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3055 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3056 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3057 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3058 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3059 } 3060 } 3061 3062 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3063 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3064 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3065 // Preserve triviality. 3066 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3067 3068 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3069 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3070 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3071 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3072 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3073 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3074 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3075 3076 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3077 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3078 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3079 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3080 // is a static member function declaration. 3081 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3083 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3084 return true; 3085 } 3086 3087 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3088 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3089 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3090 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3091 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3092 unsigned NewDiag; 3093 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3094 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3095 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3096 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3097 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3098 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3099 else 3100 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3101 3102 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3103 } else { 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3105 << New << New->getType(); 3106 } 3107 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3108 return true; 3109 3110 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3111 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3112 // 3113 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3114 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3115 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3116 if (isFriend) { 3117 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3118 } else { 3119 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3120 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3121 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3122 return true; 3123 } 3124 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3125 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3126 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3127 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3128 return true; 3129 } 3130 } 3131 3132 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3133 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3134 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3135 // attribute. 3136 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3137 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3138 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3139 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3140 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3141 } 3142 3143 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3144 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3145 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3146 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3147 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3148 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3149 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3150 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3151 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3152 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3153 } 3154 3155 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3156 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3157 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3158 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3159 3160 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3161 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3162 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3163 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3164 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3165 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3166 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3167 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3168 } 3169 3170 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3171 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3172 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3173 // 3174 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3175 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3176 // linkage within class scope. 3177 // 3178 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3179 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3180 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3181 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3182 } else { 3183 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3184 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3185 return true; 3186 } 3187 } 3188 3189 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3190 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3191 3192 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3193 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3194 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3195 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3196 // when we instantiate the function. 3197 return false; 3198 } 3199 3200 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3201 } 3202 3203 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3204 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3205 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3206 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3207 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3208 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3209 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3210 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3211 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3212 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3213 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3214 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3215 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3216 NewQType = 3217 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3218 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3219 New->setType(NewQType); 3220 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3221 3222 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3223 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3224 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3225 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3226 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3227 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3228 SC_None, nullptr); 3229 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3230 Param->setImplicit(); 3231 Params.push_back(Param); 3232 } 3233 3234 New->setParams(Params); 3235 } 3236 3237 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3238 } 3239 3240 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3241 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3242 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3243 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3244 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3245 // the prototype. 3246 // 3247 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3248 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3249 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3250 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3251 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3252 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3253 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3254 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3255 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3256 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3257 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3258 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3259 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3260 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3261 3262 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3263 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3264 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3265 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3266 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3267 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3268 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3269 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3270 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3271 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3272 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3273 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3274 NewParm->getType(), 3275 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3276 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3277 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3278 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3279 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3280 } else 3281 LooseCompatible = false; 3282 } 3283 3284 if (LooseCompatible) { 3285 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3286 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3287 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3288 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3289 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3290 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3291 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3292 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3293 } 3294 3295 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3296 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3297 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3298 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3299 } 3300 3301 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3302 } 3303 3304 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3305 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3306 3307 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3308 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3309 unsigned BuiltinID; 3310 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3311 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3312 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3313 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3314 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3315 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3316 << Old << Old->getType(); 3317 3318 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3319 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3320 // 3321 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3322 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3323 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3324 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3325 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3326 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3327 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3328 3329 return false; 3330 } 3331 3332 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3333 } 3334 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3336 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3337 return true; 3338 } 3339 3340 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3341 /// known to be compatible. 3342 /// 3343 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3344 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3345 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3346 /// redeclaration of Old. 3347 /// 3348 /// \returns false 3349 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3350 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3351 // Merge the attributes 3352 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3353 3354 // Merge "pure" flag. 3355 if (Old->isPure()) 3356 New->setPure(); 3357 3358 // Merge "used" flag. 3359 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3360 New->setIsUsed(); 3361 3362 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3363 // declarations. 3364 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3365 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3366 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3367 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3368 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3369 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3370 } 3371 3372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3373 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3374 3375 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3376 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3377 // was visible. 3378 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3379 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3380 New->setType(Merged); 3381 3382 return false; 3383 } 3384 3385 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3386 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3387 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3388 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3389 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3390 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3391 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3392 : AMK_Override; 3393 3394 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3395 3396 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3397 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3398 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3399 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3400 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3401 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3402 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3403 3404 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3405 } 3406 3407 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3408 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3409 3410 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3411 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3412 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3413 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3414 3415 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3416 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3417 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3418 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3419 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3420 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3421 } 3422 3423 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3424 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3425 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3426 /// 3427 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3428 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3429 /// is attached. 3430 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3431 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3432 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3433 return; 3434 3435 QualType MergedT; 3436 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3437 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3438 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3439 return; 3440 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3441 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3442 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3443 } 3444 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3445 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3446 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3447 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3448 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3449 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3450 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3451 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3452 3453 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3454 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3455 // mismatch. 3456 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3457 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3458 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3459 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3460 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3461 continue; 3462 3463 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3464 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3465 } 3466 } 3467 3468 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3469 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3470 NewArray->getElementType())) 3471 MergedT = New->getType(); 3472 } 3473 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3474 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3475 // visible. 3476 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3477 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3478 NewArray->getElementType())) 3479 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3480 } 3481 } 3482 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3483 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3484 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3485 Old->getType()); 3486 } 3487 } else { 3488 // C 6.2.7p2: 3489 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3490 // compatible type. 3491 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3492 } 3493 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3494 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3495 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3496 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3497 // equivalent. 3498 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3499 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3500 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3501 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3502 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3503 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3504 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3505 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3506 return; 3507 } 3508 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3509 } 3510 3511 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3512 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3513 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3514 New->setType(MergedT); 3515 } 3516 3517 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3518 LookupResult &Previous) { 3519 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3520 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3521 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3522 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3523 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3524 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3525 // 3526 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3527 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3528 return false; 3529 3530 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3531 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3532 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3533 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3534 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3535 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3536 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3537 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3538 } else { 3539 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3540 // type unless we're in the same function. 3541 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3542 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3543 } 3544 } 3545 3546 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3547 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3548 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3549 /// 3550 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3551 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3552 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3553 /// 3554 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3555 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3556 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3557 return; 3558 3559 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3560 return; 3561 3562 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3563 3564 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3565 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3566 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3567 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3568 if (NewTemplate) { 3569 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3570 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3571 3572 if (auto *Shadow = 3573 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3574 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3575 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3576 } else { 3577 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3578 3579 if (auto *Shadow = 3580 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3581 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3582 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3583 } 3584 } 3585 if (!Old) { 3586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3587 << New->getDeclName(); 3588 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3589 diag::note_previous_definition); 3590 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3591 } 3592 3593 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3594 if (NewTemplate && 3595 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3596 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3597 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3598 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3599 3600 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3601 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3602 // 3603 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3604 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3606 << New->getIdentifier(); 3607 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3608 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3609 } 3610 3611 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3612 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3613 // declaration 3614 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3615 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3616 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3618 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3619 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3620 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3621 } 3622 3623 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3624 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3625 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3626 << New->getDeclName(); 3627 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3628 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3629 } 3630 3631 // Merge the types. 3632 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3633 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3634 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3635 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3636 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3637 return; 3638 } 3639 3640 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3641 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3642 return; 3643 3644 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3645 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3646 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3647 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3648 3649 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3650 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3651 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3652 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3653 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3654 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3655 << New->getDeclName(); 3656 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3657 } else { 3658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3659 << New->getDeclName(); 3660 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3661 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3662 } 3663 } 3664 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3665 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3666 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3667 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3668 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3669 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3670 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3671 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3672 // identifier has external linkage. 3673 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3674 /* Okay */; 3675 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3676 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3677 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3679 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3680 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 } 3682 3683 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3684 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3685 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3686 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3687 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3688 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3689 } 3690 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3691 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3693 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3694 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3695 } 3696 3697 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3698 3699 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3700 // need to check for mismatches. 3701 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3702 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3703 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3704 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3705 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3706 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3708 } 3709 3710 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3711 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3712 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3713 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3714 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3716 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3717 } 3718 } 3719 3720 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3721 // UndefinedButUsed. 3722 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3723 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3724 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3725 SourceLocation())); 3726 3727 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3728 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3730 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3731 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3732 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3733 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3734 } else { 3735 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3736 // static and dynamic initialization. 3737 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3738 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3739 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3740 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3741 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3742 } 3743 } 3744 3745 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3747 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3748 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3749 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3750 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3751 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3752 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3753 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3754 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3755 return; 3756 } 3757 } 3758 3759 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3761 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3762 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3763 return; 3764 } 3765 3766 // Merge "used" flag. 3767 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3768 New->setIsUsed(); 3769 3770 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3771 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3772 if (NewTemplate) 3773 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3774 3775 // Inherit access appropriately. 3776 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3777 if (NewTemplate) 3778 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3779 3780 if (Old->isInline()) 3781 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3782 } 3783 3784 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3785 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3786 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3787 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3788 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3789 New->isInline() || 3790 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3791 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3792 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3793 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3794 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3795 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3796 3797 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3798 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3799 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3800 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3801 return false; 3802 } else { 3803 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3804 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3805 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3806 return true; 3807 } 3808 } 3809 3810 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3811 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3812 Decl * 3813 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3814 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3815 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3816 AnonRecord); 3817 } 3818 3819 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3820 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3821 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3822 // compatibility. 3823 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3824 // targeted. 3825 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3826 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3827 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3828 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3829 } 3830 3831 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3832 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3833 return; 3834 3835 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3836 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3837 // it is anonymous. 3838 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3839 return; 3840 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3841 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3842 Context.setManglingNumber( 3843 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3844 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3845 return; 3846 } 3847 3848 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3849 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3850 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3851 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3852 Context.setManglingNumber( 3853 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3854 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3855 } 3856 } 3857 3858 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3859 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3860 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3861 return; 3862 3863 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3864 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3865 return; 3866 3867 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3868 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3869 3870 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3871 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3872 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3874 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3875 return; 3876 } 3877 3878 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3879 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3880 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3881 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3882 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3883 // for how to handle it. 3884 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3885 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3886 3887 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3888 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3889 3890 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3891 textToInsert += ' '; 3892 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3893 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3894 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3895 return; 3896 } 3897 3898 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3899 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3900 } 3901 3902 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3903 switch (T) { 3904 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3905 return 0; 3906 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3907 return 1; 3908 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3909 return 2; 3910 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3911 return 3; 3912 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3913 return 4; 3914 default: 3915 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3916 } 3917 } 3918 3919 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3920 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3921 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3922 Decl * 3923 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3924 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3925 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3926 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3927 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3928 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3929 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3930 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3931 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3932 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3933 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3934 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3935 3936 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3937 return nullptr; 3938 3939 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3940 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3941 // it's a Type. 3942 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3943 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3944 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3945 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3946 } 3947 3948 if (Tag) { 3949 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3950 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3951 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3952 return Tag; 3953 } 3954 3955 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3956 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3957 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3958 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3959 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3960 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3961 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3962 } 3963 3964 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3965 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3966 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3967 3968 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3969 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3970 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3971 if (Tag) 3972 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3973 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3974 else 3975 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3976 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3977 return TagD; 3978 } 3979 3980 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3981 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3982 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3983 // its initializer. 3984 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3985 return TagD; 3986 } 3987 3988 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3989 3990 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3991 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3992 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3993 if (TagD && !Tag) 3994 return nullptr; 3995 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3996 } 3997 3998 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3999 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4000 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4001 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4002 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4003 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4004 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4005 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4006 // or an explicit specialization. 4007 // 4008 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4009 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4010 // 4011 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4012 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4013 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4014 return nullptr; 4015 } 4016 4017 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4018 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4019 4020 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4021 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4022 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4023 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4024 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4025 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4026 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4027 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4028 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4029 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4030 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4031 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4032 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4033 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4034 AnonRecord = Record; 4035 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4036 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4037 } 4038 4039 DeclaresAnything = false; 4040 } 4041 } 4042 4043 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4044 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4045 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4046 // 4047 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4048 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4049 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4050 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4051 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4052 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4053 // struct STRUCT; 4054 // union UNION; 4055 // and 4056 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4057 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4058 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4059 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4060 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4061 if (Tag) 4062 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4063 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4064 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4065 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4066 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4067 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4068 4069 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4070 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4071 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4072 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4073 } 4074 4075 DeclaresAnything = false; 4076 } 4077 } 4078 4079 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4080 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4081 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4082 return TagD; 4083 4084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4085 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4086 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4087 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4088 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4089 DeclaresAnything = false; 4090 4091 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4092 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4093 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4094 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4095 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4096 else 4097 DeclaresAnything = false; 4098 } 4099 4100 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4101 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4102 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4103 << Tag->getTagKind() 4104 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4105 4106 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4107 4108 // C 6.7/2: 4109 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4110 // or the members of an enumeration. 4111 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4112 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4113 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4114 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4115 // previous declaration. 4116 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4117 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4118 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4119 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4120 return TagD; 4121 } 4122 4123 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4124 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4125 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4126 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4127 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4128 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4129 // 4130 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4131 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4133 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4134 4135 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4136 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4137 // useless. 4138 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4139 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4140 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4141 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4142 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4143 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4144 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4145 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4146 } 4147 4148 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4149 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4150 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4151 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4152 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4153 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4154 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4155 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4156 // Restrict is covered above. 4157 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4158 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4159 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4160 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4161 } 4162 4163 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4164 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4165 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4166 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4167 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4168 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4169 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4170 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4171 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4172 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4173 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4174 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4175 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4176 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4177 } 4178 } 4179 4180 return TagD; 4181 } 4182 4183 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4184 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4185 /// 4186 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4187 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4188 Scope *S, 4189 DeclContext *Owner, 4190 DeclarationName Name, 4191 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4192 bool IsUnion) { 4193 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4194 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4195 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4196 4197 // Pick a representative declaration. 4198 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4199 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4200 4201 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4202 return false; 4203 4204 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4205 << IsUnion << Name; 4206 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4207 4208 return true; 4209 } 4210 4211 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4212 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4213 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4214 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4215 /// struct, e.g., 4216 /// 4217 /// @code 4218 /// union { 4219 /// int i; 4220 /// float f; 4221 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4222 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4223 /// @endcode 4224 /// 4225 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4226 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4227 static bool 4228 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4229 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4230 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4231 bool Invalid = false; 4232 4233 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4234 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4235 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4236 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4237 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4238 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4239 VD->getLocation(), 4240 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4241 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4242 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4243 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4244 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4245 Invalid = true; 4246 } else { 4247 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4248 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4249 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4250 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4251 // anonymous union is declared. 4252 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4253 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4254 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4255 else 4256 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4257 4258 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4259 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4260 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4261 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4262 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4263 4264 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4265 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4266 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4267 4268 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4269 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4270 4271 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4272 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4273 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4274 4275 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4276 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4277 4278 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4279 } 4280 } 4281 } 4282 4283 return Invalid; 4284 } 4285 4286 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4287 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4288 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4289 static StorageClass 4290 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4291 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4292 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4293 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4294 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4295 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4296 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4297 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4298 return SC_None; 4299 return SC_Extern; 4300 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4301 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4302 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4303 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4304 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4305 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4306 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4307 } 4308 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4309 } 4310 4311 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4312 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4313 4314 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4315 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4316 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4317 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4318 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4319 return FD->getLocation(); 4320 } 4321 4322 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4323 } 4324 4325 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4326 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4327 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4328 return; 4329 4330 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4331 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4332 } 4333 4334 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4335 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4336 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4337 return; 4338 4339 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4340 } 4341 4342 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4343 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4344 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4345 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4346 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4347 AccessSpecifier AS, 4348 RecordDecl *Record, 4349 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4350 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4351 4352 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4353 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4354 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4355 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4356 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4357 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4358 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4359 4360 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4361 // structs/unions. 4362 bool Invalid = false; 4363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4364 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4365 unsigned DiagID; 4366 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4367 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4368 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4369 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4370 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4371 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4372 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4373 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4374 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4375 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4376 4377 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4378 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4379 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4380 } 4381 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4382 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4383 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4384 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4385 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4386 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4387 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4388 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4389 4390 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4391 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4392 SourceLocation(), 4393 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4394 } 4395 } 4396 4397 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4398 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4399 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4400 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4401 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4403 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4404 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4405 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4406 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4407 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4408 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4409 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4410 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4411 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4412 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4413 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4414 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4415 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4416 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4418 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4419 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4420 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4421 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4422 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4423 4424 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4425 } 4426 4427 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4428 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4429 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4430 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4431 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4432 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4433 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4434 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4435 // members (clause 11). 4436 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4437 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4438 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4439 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4440 Invalid = true; 4441 } 4442 4443 // C++ [class.union]p1 4444 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4445 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4446 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4447 // array of such objects. 4448 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4449 Invalid = true; 4450 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4451 // Any implicit members are fine. 4452 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4453 // This is a type that showed up in an 4454 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4455 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4456 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4457 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4458 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4459 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4460 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4461 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4462 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4463 << Record->isUnion(); 4464 else { 4465 // This is a nested type declaration. 4466 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4467 << Record->isUnion(); 4468 Invalid = true; 4469 } 4470 } else { 4471 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4472 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4473 // not part of standard C++. 4474 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4475 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4476 << Record->isUnion(); 4477 } 4478 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4479 // Any access specifier is fine. 4480 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4481 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4482 } else { 4483 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4484 // member. Complain about it. 4485 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4486 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4487 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4488 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4489 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4490 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4491 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4492 4493 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4494 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4495 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4496 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4497 << Record->isUnion(); 4498 else { 4499 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4500 Invalid = true; 4501 } 4502 } 4503 } 4504 4505 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4506 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4507 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4508 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4509 Owner->isRecord()) 4510 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4511 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4512 } 4513 4514 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4515 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4516 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4517 Invalid = true; 4518 } 4519 4520 // Mock up a declarator. 4521 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4522 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4523 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4524 4525 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4526 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4527 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4528 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4529 DS.getLocStart(), 4530 Record->getLocation(), 4531 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4532 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4533 TInfo, 4534 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4538 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4539 } else { 4540 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4541 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4542 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4543 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4544 // an error here 4545 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4546 Invalid = true; 4547 SC = SC_None; 4548 } 4549 4550 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4551 DS.getLocStart(), 4552 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4553 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4554 TInfo, SC); 4555 4556 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4557 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4558 // initializer: 4559 // union { int n = 0; }; 4560 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4561 } 4562 Anon->setImplicit(); 4563 4564 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4565 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4566 4567 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4568 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4569 // its members. 4570 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4571 4572 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4573 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4574 // purposes. 4575 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4576 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4577 4578 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4579 Invalid = true; 4580 4581 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4583 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4584 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4585 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4586 Context.setManglingNumber( 4587 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4588 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4589 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4590 } 4591 } 4592 } 4593 4594 if (Invalid) 4595 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4596 4597 return Anon; 4598 } 4599 4600 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4601 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4602 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4603 /// Example: 4604 /// 4605 /// struct A { int a; }; 4606 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4607 /// 4608 /// void foo() { 4609 /// B var; 4610 /// var.a = 3; 4611 /// } 4612 /// 4613 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4614 RecordDecl *Record) { 4615 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4616 4617 // Mock up a declarator. 4618 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4619 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4620 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4621 4622 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4623 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4624 4625 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4626 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4627 ParentDecl, 4628 DS.getLocStart(), 4629 DS.getLocStart(), 4630 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4631 RecTy, 4632 TInfo, 4633 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4634 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4635 Anon->setImplicit(); 4636 4637 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4638 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4639 4640 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4641 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4642 // purposes. 4643 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4644 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4645 4646 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4647 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4648 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4649 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4650 AS_none, Chain)) { 4651 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4652 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4653 } 4654 4655 return Anon; 4656 } 4657 4658 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4659 /// given Declarator. 4660 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4661 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4662 } 4663 4664 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4665 DeclarationNameInfo 4666 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4667 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4668 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4669 4670 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4671 4672 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4673 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4674 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4675 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4676 return NameInfo; 4677 4678 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4679 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4680 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4681 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4682 // of the simple-template-id. 4683 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4684 // class template. 4685 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4686 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4687 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4688 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4689 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4690 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4691 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4692 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4693 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4694 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4695 if (Template) 4696 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4697 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4698 } 4699 4700 NameInfo.setName( 4701 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4702 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4703 return NameInfo; 4704 } 4705 4706 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4707 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4708 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4709 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4710 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4711 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4712 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4713 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4714 return NameInfo; 4715 4716 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4717 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4718 Name.Identifier)); 4719 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4720 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4721 return NameInfo; 4722 4723 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4724 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4725 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4726 if (Ty.isNull()) 4727 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4728 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4729 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4730 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4731 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4732 return NameInfo; 4733 } 4734 4735 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4736 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4737 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4738 if (Ty.isNull()) 4739 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4740 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4741 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4742 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4743 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4744 return NameInfo; 4745 } 4746 4747 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4748 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4749 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4750 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4751 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4752 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4753 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4754 4755 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4756 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4757 4758 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4759 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4760 // was qualified. 4761 4762 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4763 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4764 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4765 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4766 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4767 return NameInfo; 4768 } 4769 4770 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4772 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4773 if (Ty.isNull()) 4774 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4775 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4776 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4777 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4778 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4779 return NameInfo; 4780 } 4781 4782 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4783 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4784 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4785 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4786 } 4787 4788 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4789 4790 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4791 } 4792 4793 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4794 do { 4795 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4796 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4797 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4798 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4799 else 4800 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4801 } while (true); 4802 } 4803 4804 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4805 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4806 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4807 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4808 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4809 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4810 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4811 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4812 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4813 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4814 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4815 Params.clear(); 4816 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4817 return false; 4818 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4819 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4820 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4821 4822 // The parameter types are identical 4823 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4824 continue; 4825 4826 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4827 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4828 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4829 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4830 4831 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4832 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4833 Params.push_back(Idx); 4834 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4835 return false; 4836 } 4837 4838 return true; 4839 } 4840 4841 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4842 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4843 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4844 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4845 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4846 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4847 DeclarationName Name) { 4848 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4849 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4850 // - types which will become injected class names 4851 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4852 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4853 // few cases here. 4854 4855 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4856 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4857 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4858 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4859 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4860 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4861 // Grab the type from the parser. 4862 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4863 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4864 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4865 4866 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4867 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4868 // attached already. 4869 if (!TSI) 4870 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4871 4872 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4873 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4874 if (!TSI) return true; 4875 4876 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4877 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4878 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4879 break; 4880 } 4881 4882 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4883 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4884 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4885 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4886 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4887 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4888 break; 4889 } 4890 4891 default: 4892 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4893 break; 4894 } 4895 4896 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4897 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4898 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4899 4900 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4901 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4902 // pointer. 4903 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4904 continue; 4905 4906 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4907 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4908 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4909 return true; 4910 } 4911 4912 return false; 4913 } 4914 4915 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4916 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4917 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4918 4919 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4920 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4921 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4922 4923 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4924 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 4925 4926 return Dcl; 4927 } 4928 4929 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4930 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4931 /// name different from T: 4932 /// - every static data member of class T; 4933 /// - every member function of class T 4934 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4935 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4936 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4937 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4938 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4939 4940 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4941 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4942 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4943 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4944 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4945 return true; 4946 } 4947 4948 return false; 4949 } 4950 4951 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4952 /// nested-name-specifier. 4953 /// 4954 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4955 /// 4956 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4957 /// resolves. 4958 /// 4959 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4960 /// 4961 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4962 /// 4963 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4964 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4965 DeclarationName Name, 4966 SourceLocation Loc) { 4967 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4968 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4969 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4970 4971 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4972 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4973 // 4974 // class X { 4975 // void X::f(); 4976 // }; 4977 // 4978 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4979 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4980 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4981 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4982 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4983 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4984 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4985 SS.clear(); 4986 } else { 4987 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4988 } 4989 return false; 4990 } 4991 4992 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4993 // declaration. 4994 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4995 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4996 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4997 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4998 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4999 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5000 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5001 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5002 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5003 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5004 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5006 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5007 else 5008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5009 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5010 5011 return true; 5012 } 5013 5014 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5015 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5016 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5017 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5018 SS.clear(); 5019 5020 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5021 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5022 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5023 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5024 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5025 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5026 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5027 return true; 5028 5029 return false; 5030 } 5031 5032 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5033 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5034 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5035 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5036 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5037 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5038 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5039 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5041 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5042 5043 return false; 5044 } 5045 5046 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5047 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5048 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5049 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5050 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5051 5052 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5053 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5054 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5055 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5056 } else if (!Name) { 5057 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5059 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5060 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5061 return nullptr; 5062 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5063 return nullptr; 5064 5065 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5066 // we find one that is. 5067 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5068 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5069 S = S->getParent(); 5070 5071 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5072 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5073 D.setInvalidType(); 5074 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5075 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5076 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5077 return nullptr; 5078 5079 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5080 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5081 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5082 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5083 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5084 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5085 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5087 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5088 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5089 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5090 return nullptr; 5091 } 5092 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5093 5094 if (!IsDependentContext && 5095 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5096 return nullptr; 5097 5098 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5099 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5100 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5101 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5102 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5103 return nullptr; 5104 } 5105 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5106 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5107 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5108 if (DC->isRecord()) 5109 return nullptr; 5110 5111 D.setInvalidType(); 5112 } 5113 } 5114 5115 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5116 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5117 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5118 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5119 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5120 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5121 D.setInvalidType(); 5122 } 5123 } 5124 5125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5126 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5127 5128 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5129 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5130 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5131 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5132 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5133 return nullptr; 5134 5135 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5136 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5137 D.setInvalidType(); 5138 5139 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5140 ForRedeclaration); 5141 5142 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5143 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5144 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5145 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5146 5147 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5148 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5149 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5150 // 5151 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5152 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5153 // the same name. 5154 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5155 /* Do nothing*/; 5156 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5157 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5158 R->isFunctionType())) { 5159 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5160 CreateBuiltins = 5161 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5162 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5163 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5164 CreateBuiltins = true; 5165 5166 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5167 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5168 5169 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5170 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5171 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5172 5173 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5174 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5175 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5176 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5177 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5178 // thereof; [...] 5179 // 5180 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5181 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5182 // we want to match. For example, given: 5183 // 5184 // class X { 5185 // void f(); 5186 // void f(float); 5187 // }; 5188 // 5189 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5190 // 5191 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5192 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5193 // matches. 5194 5195 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5196 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5197 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5198 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5199 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5200 } 5201 5202 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5203 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5204 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5205 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5206 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5207 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5208 5209 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5210 Previous.clear(); 5211 } 5212 5213 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5214 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5215 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5216 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5217 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5218 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5219 Previous.clear(); 5220 5221 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5222 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5224 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5225 5226 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5227 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5228 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5229 // template, declared in namespace scope 5230 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5231 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5232 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5233 return nullptr; 5234 } 5235 5236 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5237 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5238 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5239 return nullptr; 5240 } 5241 } 5242 5243 NamedDecl *New; 5244 5245 bool AddToScope = true; 5246 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5247 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5248 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5249 return nullptr; 5250 } 5251 5252 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5253 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5254 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5255 TemplateParamLists, 5256 AddToScope); 5257 } else { 5258 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5259 AddToScope); 5260 } 5261 5262 if (!New) 5263 return nullptr; 5264 5265 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5266 // add it to the scope stack. 5267 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5268 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5269 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5270 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5271 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5272 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5273 if (!AddToContext) 5274 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5275 } 5276 5277 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5278 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5279 5280 return New; 5281 } 5282 5283 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5284 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5285 /// GCC compatibility). 5286 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5287 ASTContext &Context, 5288 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5289 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5290 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5291 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5292 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5293 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5294 SizeIsNegative = false; 5295 Oversized = 0; 5296 5297 if (T->isDependentType()) 5298 return QualType(); 5299 5300 QualifierCollector Qs; 5301 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5302 5303 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5304 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5305 QualType FixedType = 5306 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5307 Oversized); 5308 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5309 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5310 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5311 } 5312 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5313 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5314 QualType FixedType = 5315 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5316 Oversized); 5317 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5318 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5319 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5320 } 5321 5322 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5323 if (!VLATy) 5324 return QualType(); 5325 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5326 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5327 return QualType(); 5328 5329 llvm::APSInt Res; 5330 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5331 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5332 return QualType(); 5333 5334 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5335 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5336 SizeIsNegative = true; 5337 return QualType(); 5338 } 5339 5340 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5341 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5342 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5343 Res); 5344 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5345 Oversized = Res; 5346 return QualType(); 5347 } 5348 5349 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5350 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5351 } 5352 5353 static void 5354 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5355 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5356 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5357 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5358 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5359 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5360 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5361 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5362 return; 5363 } 5364 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5365 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5366 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5367 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5368 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5369 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5370 return; 5371 } 5372 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5373 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5374 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5375 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5376 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5377 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5378 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5379 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5380 } 5381 5382 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5383 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5384 /// GCC compatibility). 5385 static TypeSourceInfo* 5386 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5387 ASTContext &Context, 5388 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5389 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5390 QualType FixedTy 5391 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5392 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5393 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5394 return nullptr; 5395 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5396 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5397 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5398 return FixedTInfo; 5399 } 5400 5401 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5402 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5403 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5404 /// function-scope declarations. 5405 void 5406 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5407 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5408 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5409 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5410 return; 5411 5412 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5413 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5414 } 5415 5416 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5417 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5418 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5419 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5420 } 5421 5422 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5423 /// does not identify a function. 5424 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5425 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5426 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5427 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5428 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5429 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5430 5431 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5432 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5433 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5434 5435 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5436 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5437 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5438 } 5439 5440 NamedDecl* 5441 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5443 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5444 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5445 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5446 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5447 D.setInvalidType(); 5448 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5449 DC = CurContext; 5450 Previous.clear(); 5451 } 5452 5453 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5454 5455 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5456 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5457 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5458 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5459 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5460 << 1; 5461 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5463 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5464 5465 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5466 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5467 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5468 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5469 << "typedef"; 5470 else 5471 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5472 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5473 return nullptr; 5474 } 5475 5476 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5477 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5478 5479 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5480 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5481 5482 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5483 5484 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5485 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5486 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5487 return ND; 5488 } 5489 5490 void 5491 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5492 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5493 // then it shall have block scope. 5494 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5495 // that redeclarations will match. 5496 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5497 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5498 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5499 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5500 5501 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5502 bool SizeIsNegative; 5503 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5504 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5505 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5506 SizeIsNegative, 5507 Oversized); 5508 if (FixedTInfo) { 5509 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5510 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5511 } else { 5512 if (SizeIsNegative) 5513 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5514 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5515 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5516 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5517 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5518 << Oversized.toString(10); 5519 else 5520 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5521 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5522 } 5523 } 5524 } 5525 } 5526 5527 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5528 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5529 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5530 NamedDecl* 5531 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5532 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5533 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5534 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5535 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5536 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5537 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5538 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5539 Redeclaration = true; 5540 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5541 } 5542 5543 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5544 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5545 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5546 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5547 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5548 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5549 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5550 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5551 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5552 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5553 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5554 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5555 } 5556 5557 return NewTD; 5558 } 5559 5560 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5561 /// previous declaration. 5562 /// 5563 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5564 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5565 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5566 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5567 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5568 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5569 /// 5570 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5571 /// lookup 5572 /// 5573 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5574 /// declared. 5575 /// 5576 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5577 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5578 static bool 5579 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5580 ASTContext &Context) { 5581 if (!PrevDecl) 5582 return false; 5583 5584 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5585 return false; 5586 5587 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5588 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5589 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5590 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5591 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5592 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5593 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5594 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5595 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5596 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5597 return false; 5598 5599 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5600 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5601 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5602 return false; 5603 5604 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5605 // previous declarations. 5606 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5607 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5608 5609 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5610 // isn't the same function. 5611 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5612 return false; 5613 } 5614 5615 return true; 5616 } 5617 5618 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5619 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5620 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5621 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5622 } 5623 5624 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5625 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5626 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5627 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5628 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5629 unsigned kind = -1U; 5630 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5631 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5632 kind = 0; // __block 5633 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5634 kind = 1; // global 5635 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5636 kind = 3; // ivar 5637 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5638 kind = 2; // field 5639 } 5640 5641 if (kind != -1U) { 5642 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5643 << kind; 5644 } 5645 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5646 // Try to infer lifetime. 5647 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5648 return false; 5649 5650 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5651 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5652 decl->setType(type); 5653 } 5654 5655 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5656 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5657 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5658 var->getTLSKind()) { 5659 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5660 << var->getType(); 5661 return true; 5662 } 5663 } 5664 5665 return false; 5666 } 5667 5668 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5669 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5670 // the wrong linkage. 5671 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5672 5673 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5674 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5675 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5676 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5677 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5678 } 5679 } 5680 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5681 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5682 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5683 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5684 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5685 } 5686 } 5687 5688 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5689 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5690 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5691 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5692 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5693 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5694 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5695 } 5696 } 5697 } 5698 5699 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5700 // It does not apply to functions. 5701 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5702 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5703 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5704 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5705 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5706 } 5707 } 5708 5709 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5710 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5711 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5712 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5713 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5714 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5715 << &ND << Attr; 5716 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5717 } 5718 } 5719 5720 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5721 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5722 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5723 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5724 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5725 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5726 << Attr; 5727 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5728 } 5729 } 5730 5731 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5732 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5733 bool IsSpecialization, 5734 bool IsDefinition) { 5735 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5736 return; 5737 5738 bool IsTemplate = false; 5739 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5740 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5741 IsTemplate = true; 5742 if (!IsSpecialization) 5743 IsDefinition = false; 5744 } 5745 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5746 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5747 IsTemplate = true; 5748 } 5749 5750 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5751 return; 5752 5753 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5754 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5755 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5756 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5757 5758 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5759 // inherited attribute instances. 5760 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5761 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5762 5763 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5764 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5765 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5766 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5767 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5768 5769 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5770 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5771 bool JustWarn = false; 5772 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5773 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5774 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5775 JustWarn = true; 5776 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5777 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5778 JustWarn = true; 5779 } 5780 5781 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5782 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5783 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5784 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5785 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5786 JustWarn = false; 5787 5788 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5789 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5790 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5791 << NewDecl 5792 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5793 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5794 if (!JustWarn) { 5795 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5796 return; 5797 } 5798 } 5799 5800 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5801 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5802 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5803 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5804 // it were marked dllexport. 5805 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5806 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5807 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5808 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5809 // separately. 5810 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5811 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5812 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5813 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5814 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5815 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5816 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5817 } 5818 5819 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5820 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5821 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5822 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5823 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5824 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5825 << NewDecl; 5826 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5827 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5828 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5829 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5830 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5831 } else { 5832 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5833 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5834 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5835 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5836 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5837 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5838 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5839 } 5840 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5841 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5842 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5843 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5844 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5845 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5846 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5847 } 5848 } 5849 5850 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5851 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5852 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5853 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5854 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5855 5856 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5857 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5858 5859 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5860 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5861 return false; 5862 5863 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5864 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5865 } 5866 5867 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5868 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5869 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5870 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5871 /// 5872 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5873 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5874 /// 5875 /// For instance: 5876 /// 5877 /// auto x = []{}; 5878 /// 5879 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5880 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5881 /// 5882 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5883 template<typename T> 5884 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5885 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5886 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5887 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5888 return false; 5889 5890 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5891 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5892 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5893 return false; 5894 } 5895 return D->isExternC(); 5896 } 5897 5898 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5899 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5900 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5901 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5902 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5903 return true; 5904 if (DC->isRecord()) 5905 return false; 5906 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5907 } 5908 5909 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5910 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5911 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5912 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5913 return true; 5914 if (DC->isRecord()) 5915 return false; 5916 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5917 } 5918 5919 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5920 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5921 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5922 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5923 return true; 5924 return false; 5925 } 5926 5927 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5928 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5929 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5930 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5931 return true; 5932 5933 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5934 // position to the decl itself. 5935 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5936 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5937 return true; 5938 } 5939 5940 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5941 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5942 } 5943 5944 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5945 /// function-local external declaration. 5946 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5947 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5948 return false; 5949 5950 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5951 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5952 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5953 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5954 return true; 5955 5956 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5957 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5958 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5959 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5960 // 5961 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5962 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5963 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5964 DC = DC->getParent(); 5965 return true; 5966 } 5967 5968 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5969 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5970 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5971 return FD->isExternC(); 5972 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5973 return VD->isExternC(); 5974 5975 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5976 } 5977 5978 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5979 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5980 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5981 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5982 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5983 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5984 5985 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5986 5987 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5988 AddToScope = false; 5989 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5990 // purposes. 5991 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5992 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5993 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5994 Name = II; 5995 } 5996 } else if (!II) { 5997 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 5998 return nullptr; 5999 } 6000 6001 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6002 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6003 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6004 // argument. 6005 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6006 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6007 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6008 << R; 6009 D.setInvalidType(); 6010 return nullptr; 6011 } 6012 6013 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6014 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6015 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6016 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6017 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6018 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6019 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6020 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6021 D.setInvalidType(); 6022 return nullptr; 6023 } 6024 } 6025 6026 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6027 QualType NR = R; 6028 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6029 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6030 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 6031 D.setInvalidType(); 6032 break; 6033 } 6034 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6035 } 6036 6037 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6038 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6039 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6040 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6041 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6042 D.setInvalidType(); 6043 } 6044 } 6045 6046 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6047 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6048 // space qualifiers. 6049 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6050 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 6051 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6052 } 6053 6054 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6055 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6056 // address space qualifiers. 6057 if (R->isEventT()) { 6058 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6059 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6060 D.setInvalidType(); 6061 } 6062 } 6063 } 6064 6065 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6066 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6067 6068 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6069 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6070 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6071 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6072 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6073 SC = SC_Extern; 6074 6075 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6076 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6077 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6078 6079 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6080 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6081 // an error here 6082 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6083 D.setInvalidType(); 6084 SC = SC_None; 6085 } 6086 6087 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6088 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6089 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6090 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6091 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6092 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6093 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6094 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6095 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6096 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6097 } 6098 6099 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6100 6101 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6102 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6103 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6104 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6105 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6106 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6107 D.setInvalidType(); 6108 } 6109 } 6110 6111 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6112 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6113 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6114 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6115 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6116 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6117 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6118 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6119 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6120 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6121 R, TInfo, SC); 6122 6123 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6124 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6125 6126 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6127 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6128 } else { 6129 bool Invalid = false; 6130 6131 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6132 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6133 switch (SC) { 6134 case SC_None: 6135 break; 6136 case SC_Static: 6137 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6138 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6139 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6140 break; 6141 case SC_Auto: 6142 case SC_Register: 6143 case SC_Extern: 6144 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6145 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6146 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6147 // of class members 6148 6149 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6150 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6151 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6152 break; 6153 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6154 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6155 } 6156 } 6157 6158 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6159 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6160 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6161 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6162 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6163 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6164 6165 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6166 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6167 if (RD->isUnion()) 6168 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6169 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6170 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6171 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6172 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6173 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6175 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6176 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6177 } 6178 } 6179 6180 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6181 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6182 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6183 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6184 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6185 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6186 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6187 : nullptr, 6188 TemplateParamLists, 6189 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6190 6191 if (TemplateParams) { 6192 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6193 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6194 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6195 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6196 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6197 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6198 << II 6199 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6200 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6201 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6202 } else { 6203 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6204 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6205 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6206 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6207 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6208 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6209 // This is a template declaration. 6210 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6211 6212 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6213 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6214 return nullptr; 6215 6216 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6217 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6218 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6219 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6220 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6221 } 6222 } 6223 } else { 6224 assert( 6225 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6226 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6227 } 6228 6229 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6230 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6231 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6232 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6233 : SourceLocation(); 6234 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6235 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6236 IsPartialSpecialization); 6237 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6238 return nullptr; 6239 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6240 AddToScope = false; 6241 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6242 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6243 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6244 Bindings); 6245 } else 6246 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6247 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6248 6249 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6250 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6251 NewTemplate = 6252 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6253 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6254 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6255 } 6256 6257 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6258 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6259 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6260 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6261 6262 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6263 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6264 if (NewTemplate) 6265 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6266 } 6267 6268 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6269 6270 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6271 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6272 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6273 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6274 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6275 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6276 6277 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6278 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6279 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6280 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6281 // implicitly an inline variable. 6282 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6283 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6284 } 6285 6286 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6287 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6288 VTD->setConcept(); 6289 6290 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6291 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6292 // specifiers, [...] 6293 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6294 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6295 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6296 << 0 << 0; 6297 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6298 } 6299 6300 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6301 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6302 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6303 << 0 << 3; 6304 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6305 } 6306 6307 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6308 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6309 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6310 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6311 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6312 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6313 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6314 } 6315 6316 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6317 // following restrictions: 6318 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6319 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6320 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6321 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6322 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6323 } 6324 } 6325 } 6326 6327 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6328 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6329 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6330 << 0; 6331 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6332 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6333 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6334 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6335 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6336 } else { 6337 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6338 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6339 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6340 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6341 } 6342 } 6343 6344 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6345 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6346 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6347 if (NewTemplate) 6348 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6349 6350 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6351 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6352 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6353 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6354 else 6355 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6356 } 6357 6358 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6359 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6360 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6361 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6362 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6363 // explicitly. 6364 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6365 // 'extern'. 6366 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6367 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6368 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6369 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6370 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6371 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6372 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6373 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6374 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6375 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6376 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6377 // error should be ignored. 6378 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6379 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6380 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6381 // to emit any code for it. 6382 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6383 } else 6384 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6385 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6386 } else 6387 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6388 } 6389 6390 // C99 6.7.4p3 6391 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6392 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6393 // thread storage duration... 6394 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6395 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6396 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6397 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6398 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6399 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6400 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6401 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6402 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6403 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6404 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6405 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6406 } 6407 } 6408 6409 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6410 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6411 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6412 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6413 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6414 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6415 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6416 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6417 << 2 6418 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6419 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6421 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6422 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6424 else { 6425 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6426 if (NewTemplate) 6427 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6428 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6429 B->setModulePrivate(); 6430 } 6431 } 6432 6433 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6434 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6435 6436 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6437 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6438 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6439 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6440 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6441 // storage [duration]." 6442 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6443 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6444 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6445 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6446 } 6447 } 6448 6449 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6450 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6451 // check the VarDecl itself. 6452 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6453 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6454 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6455 6456 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6457 // retainable type. 6458 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6459 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6460 6461 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6462 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6463 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6464 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6465 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6466 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6467 switch (SC) { 6468 case SC_None: 6469 case SC_Auto: 6470 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6471 break; 6472 case SC_Register: 6473 // Local Named register 6474 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6475 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6476 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6477 break; 6478 case SC_Static: 6479 case SC_Extern: 6480 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6481 break; 6482 } 6483 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6484 // Global Named register 6485 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6486 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6487 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6488 6489 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6490 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6491 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6492 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6493 HasSizeMismatch)) 6494 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6495 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6496 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6497 } 6498 6499 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6500 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6501 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6502 } 6503 } 6504 6505 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6506 Context, Label, 0)); 6507 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6508 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6509 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6510 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6511 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6512 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6513 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6514 } else 6515 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6516 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6517 } 6518 } 6519 6520 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6521 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6522 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6523 : nullptr; 6524 6525 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6526 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6527 // declaration has linkage). 6528 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6529 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6530 IsMemberSpecialization || 6531 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6532 6533 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6534 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6535 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6536 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6537 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6538 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6539 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6540 6541 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6542 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6543 } else { 6544 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6545 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6546 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6547 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6548 6549 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6550 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6551 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6552 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6553 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6554 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6555 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6556 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6557 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6558 Previous.clear(); 6559 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6560 } 6561 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6562 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6563 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6564 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6565 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6566 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6567 } 6568 6569 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6570 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6571 6572 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6573 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6574 // concept definition. 6575 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6576 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6577 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6578 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6579 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6580 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6581 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6582 << 1 /*variable*/ 6583 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6584 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6585 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6586 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6587 } 6588 } 6589 } 6590 6591 if (NewTemplate) { 6592 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6593 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6594 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6595 : nullptr; 6596 6597 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6598 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6599 // template declaration. 6600 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6601 TemplateParams, 6602 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6603 : nullptr, 6604 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6605 DC->isDependentContext()) 6606 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6607 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6608 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6609 6610 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6611 // template, make a note of that. 6612 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6613 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6614 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6615 } 6616 } 6617 6618 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6619 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6620 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6621 6622 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6623 6624 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6625 // the map of such variables. 6626 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6627 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6628 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6629 6630 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6631 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6632 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6633 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6634 Context.setManglingNumber( 6635 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6636 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6637 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6638 } 6639 } 6640 6641 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6642 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6643 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6644 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6645 6646 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6647 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6649 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6650 6651 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6652 // behavior. 6653 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6654 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6655 } 6656 6657 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6658 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6659 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6660 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6661 } 6662 6663 if (NewTemplate) { 6664 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6665 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6666 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6667 return NewTemplate; 6668 } 6669 6670 return NewVD; 6671 } 6672 6673 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6674 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6675 6676 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6677 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6678 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6679 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6680 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6681 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6682 } 6683 6684 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6685 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6686 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6687 const VarDecl *VD) { 6688 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6689 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6690 return Capture.getLocation(); 6691 } 6692 return SourceLocation(); 6693 } 6694 6695 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6696 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6697 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6698 const LookupResult &R) { 6699 // Return if warning is ignored. 6700 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6701 return nullptr; 6702 6703 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6704 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6705 return nullptr; 6706 6707 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6708 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6709 return nullptr; 6710 6711 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6712 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6713 ? ShadowedDecl 6714 : nullptr; 6715 } 6716 6717 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6718 /// -Wshadow. 6719 /// 6720 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6721 /// scope. 6722 /// 6723 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6724 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6725 /// 6726 void Sema::CheckShadow(VarDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6727 const LookupResult &R) { 6728 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6729 6730 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6731 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6732 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6733 if (MD->isStatic()) 6734 return; 6735 6736 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6737 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6738 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6739 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6740 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6741 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6742 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6743 return; 6744 } 6745 } 6746 6747 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6748 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6749 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6750 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6751 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6752 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6753 ShadowedDecl = I; 6754 break; 6755 } 6756 } 6757 6758 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6759 6760 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6761 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6762 if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6763 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6764 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6765 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6766 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6767 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6768 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6769 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6770 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6771 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6772 } else { 6773 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6774 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6775 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6776 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6777 return; 6778 } 6779 } 6780 } 6781 } 6782 6783 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6784 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6785 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6786 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6787 return; 6788 6789 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6790 // static data members from base classes? 6791 6792 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6793 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6794 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6795 } 6796 6797 6798 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6799 6800 // Emit warning and note. 6801 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6802 return; 6803 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6804 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6805 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6806 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6807 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6808 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6809 } 6810 6811 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6812 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6813 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6814 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6815 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6816 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6817 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6818 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6819 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6820 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6821 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6822 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6823 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6824 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6825 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6826 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6827 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6828 } 6829 } 6830 6831 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6832 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6833 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6834 return; 6835 6836 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6837 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6838 LookupName(R, S); 6839 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 6840 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 6841 } 6842 6843 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6844 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6845 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6846 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6847 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6848 return; 6849 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6850 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6851 if (!DRE) 6852 return; 6853 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6854 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6855 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6856 return; 6857 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6858 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6859 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6860 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6861 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6862 6863 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6864 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6865 } 6866 6867 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6868 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6869 template<typename T> 6870 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6871 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6872 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6873 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6874 6875 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6876 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6877 // declaration. 6878 return false; 6879 } 6880 6881 if (Prev) { 6882 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6883 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6884 // redeclaration. 6885 Previous.clear(); 6886 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6887 return true; 6888 } 6889 6890 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6891 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6892 // declaration. 6893 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6894 return false; 6895 } else { 6896 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6897 // translation unit which might conflict. 6898 if (IsGlobal) { 6899 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6900 IsGlobal = false; 6901 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6902 I != E; ++I) { 6903 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6904 Prev = *I; 6905 break; 6906 } 6907 } 6908 } else { 6909 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6910 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6911 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6912 I != E; ++I) { 6913 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6914 Prev = *I; 6915 break; 6916 } 6917 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6918 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6919 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6920 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6921 // diagnostic. 6922 } 6923 } 6924 6925 if (!Prev) 6926 return false; 6927 } 6928 6929 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6930 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6931 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6932 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6933 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6934 else 6935 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6936 6937 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6938 << IsGlobal << ND; 6939 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6940 << IsGlobal; 6941 return false; 6942 } 6943 6944 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6945 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6946 /// 6947 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6948 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6949 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6950 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6951 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6952 template<typename T> 6953 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6954 LookupResult &Previous) { 6955 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6956 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6957 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6958 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6959 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6960 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6961 Previous.clear(); 6962 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6963 return true; 6964 } 6965 } 6966 return false; 6967 } 6968 6969 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6970 // declaration. 6971 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6972 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6973 6974 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6975 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6976 // in another scope. 6977 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6978 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6979 6980 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6981 return false; 6982 } 6983 6984 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6985 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6986 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6987 return; 6988 6989 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6990 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6991 6992 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6993 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6994 return; 6995 6996 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6997 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6998 6999 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7000 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7001 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7002 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7003 NewVD->setType(T); 7004 } 7005 7006 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7007 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7008 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7009 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7010 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7011 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7012 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 7013 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7014 return; 7015 } 7016 7017 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7018 // scope. 7019 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7020 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7021 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7022 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7023 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7024 return; 7025 } 7026 7027 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7028 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7029 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7030 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7031 return; 7032 } 7033 7034 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7035 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7036 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7037 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7038 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7039 << 0 /*const*/; 7040 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7041 return; 7042 } 7043 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7044 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7045 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7046 return; 7047 } 7048 } 7049 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7050 // __constant address space. 7051 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7052 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7053 // address space. 7054 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7055 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7056 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7057 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7058 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7059 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7060 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7061 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7062 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7063 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7064 else 7065 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7066 << Scope << "constant"; 7067 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7068 return; 7069 } 7070 } else { 7071 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7072 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7073 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7074 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7075 return; 7076 } 7077 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 7078 // in functions. 7079 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7080 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7081 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7082 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7083 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7084 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7085 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7086 else 7087 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7088 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7089 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7090 return; 7091 } 7092 } 7093 } 7094 } 7095 7096 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7097 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7098 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7099 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7100 else { 7101 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7102 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7103 } 7104 } 7105 7106 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7107 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7108 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7109 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7110 7111 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7112 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7113 bool SizeIsNegative; 7114 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7115 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7116 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7117 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7118 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7119 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7120 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7121 // int a[10][n]; 7122 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7123 7124 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7125 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7126 << SizeRange; 7127 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7128 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7129 << SizeRange; 7130 else 7131 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7132 << SizeRange; 7133 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7134 return; 7135 } 7136 7137 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7138 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7139 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7140 else 7141 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7142 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7143 return; 7144 } 7145 7146 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7147 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7148 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7149 } 7150 7151 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7152 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7153 // of objects and functions. 7154 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7155 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7156 << T; 7157 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7158 return; 7159 } 7160 } 7161 7162 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7163 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7164 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7165 return; 7166 } 7167 7168 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7169 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7170 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7171 return; 7172 } 7173 7174 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7175 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7176 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7177 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7178 return; 7179 } 7180 } 7181 7182 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7183 /// declaration. 7184 /// 7185 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7186 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7187 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7188 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7189 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7190 /// 7191 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7192 /// 7193 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7194 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7195 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7196 7197 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7198 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7199 return false; 7200 7201 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7202 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7203 if (Previous.empty() && 7204 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7205 Previous.setShadowed(); 7206 7207 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7208 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7209 return true; 7210 } 7211 return false; 7212 } 7213 7214 namespace { 7215 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7216 Sema *S; 7217 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7218 7219 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7220 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7221 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7222 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7223 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7224 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7225 7226 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7227 7228 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7229 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7230 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7231 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7232 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7233 7234 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7235 } 7236 7237 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7238 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7239 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7240 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7241 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7242 return true; 7243 } 7244 } 7245 7246 return false; 7247 } 7248 }; 7249 7250 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7251 } // end anonymous namespace 7252 7253 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7254 /// overriden methods. 7255 /// 7256 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7257 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7258 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7259 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7260 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7261 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7262 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7263 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7264 I != E; ++I) { 7265 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7266 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7267 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7268 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7269 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7270 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7271 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7272 } 7273 } 7274 7275 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7276 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7277 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7278 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7279 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7280 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7281 FOM.Method = MD; 7282 FOM.S = this; 7283 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7284 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7285 bool AddedAny = false; 7286 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7287 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7288 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7289 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7290 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7291 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7292 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7293 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7294 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7295 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7296 AddedAny = true; 7297 } 7298 } 7299 } 7300 } 7301 7302 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7303 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7304 } 7305 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7306 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7307 } 7308 7309 return AddedAny; 7310 } 7311 7312 namespace { 7313 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7314 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7315 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7316 Scope *S; 7317 Declarator &D; 7318 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7319 bool AddToScope; 7320 }; 7321 } // end anonymous namespace 7322 7323 namespace { 7324 7325 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7326 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7327 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7328 public: 7329 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7330 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7331 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7332 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7333 7334 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7335 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7336 return false; 7337 7338 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7339 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7340 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7341 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7342 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7343 7344 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7345 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7346 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7347 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7348 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7349 return true; 7350 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7351 return true; 7352 } 7353 } 7354 } 7355 7356 return false; 7357 } 7358 7359 private: 7360 ASTContext &Context; 7361 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7362 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7363 }; 7364 7365 } // end anonymous namespace 7366 7367 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7368 /// 7369 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7370 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7371 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7372 /// the same name. 7373 /// 7374 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7375 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7376 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7377 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7378 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7379 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7380 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7381 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7382 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7383 TypoCorrection Correction; 7384 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7385 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7386 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7387 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7388 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7389 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7390 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7391 7392 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7393 if (IsLocalFriend) 7394 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7395 else 7396 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7397 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7398 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7399 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7400 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7401 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7402 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7403 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7404 if (FD && 7405 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7406 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7407 // involve a parameter 7408 unsigned ParamNum = 7409 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7410 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7411 } 7412 } 7413 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7414 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7415 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7416 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7417 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7418 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7419 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7420 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7421 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7422 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7423 Previous.clear(); 7424 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7425 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7426 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7427 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7428 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7429 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7430 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7431 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7432 } 7433 } 7434 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7435 7436 NamedDecl *Result; 7437 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7438 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7439 { 7440 // Trap errors. 7441 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7442 7443 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7444 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7445 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7446 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7447 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7448 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7449 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7450 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7451 7452 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7453 Result = nullptr; 7454 } 7455 7456 if (Result) { 7457 // Determine which correction we picked. 7458 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7459 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7460 I != E; ++I) 7461 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7462 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7463 7464 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7465 Correction, 7466 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7467 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7468 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7469 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7470 return Result; 7471 } 7472 7473 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7474 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7475 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7476 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7477 Previous.clear(); 7478 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7479 } 7480 7481 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7482 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7483 7484 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7485 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7486 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7487 7488 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7489 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7490 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7491 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7492 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7493 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7494 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7495 7496 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7497 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7498 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7499 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7500 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7501 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7502 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7503 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7504 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7505 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7506 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7507 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7508 } else 7509 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7510 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7511 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7512 } 7513 return nullptr; 7514 } 7515 7516 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7517 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7518 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7519 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7520 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7521 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7522 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7523 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7524 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7525 D.setInvalidType(); 7526 break; 7527 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7528 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7529 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7530 return SC_None; 7531 return SC_Extern; 7532 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7533 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7534 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7535 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7536 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7537 // other than extern 7538 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7539 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7540 diag::err_static_block_func); 7541 break; 7542 } else 7543 return SC_Static; 7544 } 7545 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7546 } 7547 7548 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7549 return SC_None; 7550 } 7551 7552 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7553 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7554 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7555 StorageClass SC, 7556 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7557 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7558 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7559 7560 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7561 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7562 7563 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7564 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7565 // prototype. This true when: 7566 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7567 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7568 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7569 // function type). 7570 bool HasPrototype = 7571 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7572 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7573 7574 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7575 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7576 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7577 HasPrototype, false); 7578 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7579 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7580 7581 return NewFD; 7582 } 7583 7584 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7585 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7586 7587 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7588 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7589 // the class has been completely parsed. 7590 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7591 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7592 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7593 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7594 D.setInvalidType(); 7595 7596 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7597 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7598 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7599 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7600 7601 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7602 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7603 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7604 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7605 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7606 isConstexpr); 7607 7608 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7609 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7610 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7611 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7612 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7613 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7614 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7615 D.getLocStart(), 7616 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7617 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7618 7619 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7620 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7621 // it yet. 7622 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7623 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7624 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7625 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7626 } 7627 7628 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7629 return NewDD; 7630 7631 } else { 7632 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7633 D.setInvalidType(); 7634 7635 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7636 // code path. 7637 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7638 D.getLocStart(), 7639 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7640 SC, isInline, 7641 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7642 } 7643 7644 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7645 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7646 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7647 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7648 return nullptr; 7649 } 7650 7651 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7652 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7653 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7654 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7655 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7656 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7657 7658 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7659 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7660 7661 // We don't need to store much extra information for a deduction guide, so 7662 // just model it as a plain FunctionDecl. 7663 auto *FD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7664 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7665 true /*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7666 if (isExplicit) 7667 FD->setExplicitSpecified(); 7668 return FD; 7669 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7670 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7671 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7672 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7673 // constructor if it has no return type). 7674 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7675 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7676 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7677 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7678 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7679 return nullptr; 7680 } 7681 7682 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7683 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7684 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7685 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7686 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7687 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7688 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7689 return Ret; 7690 } else { 7691 bool isFriend = 7692 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7693 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7694 return nullptr; 7695 7696 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7697 // prototype. This true when: 7698 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7699 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7700 D.getLocStart(), 7701 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7702 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7703 } 7704 } 7705 7706 enum OpenCLParamType { 7707 ValidKernelParam, 7708 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7709 PtrKernelParam, 7710 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7711 InvalidKernelParam, 7712 RecordKernelParam 7713 }; 7714 7715 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7716 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7717 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7718 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7719 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7720 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7721 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7722 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7723 return PtrKernelParam; 7724 } 7725 7726 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7727 // be used as builtin types. 7728 7729 if (PT->isImageType()) 7730 return PtrKernelParam; 7731 7732 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7733 return InvalidKernelParam; 7734 7735 if (PT->isEventT()) 7736 return InvalidKernelParam; 7737 7738 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7739 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7740 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7741 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7742 return InvalidKernelParam; 7743 7744 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7745 return RecordKernelParam; 7746 7747 return ValidKernelParam; 7748 } 7749 7750 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7751 Sema &S, 7752 Declarator &D, 7753 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7754 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7755 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7756 7757 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7758 // used again 7759 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7760 return; 7761 7762 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7763 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7764 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7765 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7766 // pointer to a pointer type. 7767 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7768 D.setInvalidType(); 7769 return; 7770 7771 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7772 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7773 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7774 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7775 // __constant. 7776 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7777 D.setInvalidType(); 7778 return; 7779 7780 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7781 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7782 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7783 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7784 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7785 7786 case InvalidKernelParam: 7787 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7788 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7789 // of event_t type. 7790 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7791 // type for any function elsewhere. 7792 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7793 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7794 D.setInvalidType(); 7795 return; 7796 7797 case PtrKernelParam: 7798 case ValidKernelParam: 7799 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7800 return; 7801 7802 case RecordKernelParam: 7803 break; 7804 } 7805 7806 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7807 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7808 7809 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7810 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7811 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7812 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7813 7814 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7815 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7816 7817 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7818 7819 do { 7820 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7821 if (!Next) { 7822 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7823 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7824 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7825 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7826 7827 continue; 7828 } 7829 7830 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7831 // field itself) to the history stack. 7832 const RecordDecl *RD; 7833 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7834 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7835 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7836 } else { 7837 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7838 } 7839 7840 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7841 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7842 7843 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7844 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7845 7846 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7847 continue; 7848 7849 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7850 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7851 continue; 7852 7853 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7854 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7855 continue; 7856 } 7857 7858 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7859 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7860 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7861 // union. 7862 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7863 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 7864 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7865 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7866 << PT->isUnionType() 7867 << PT; 7868 } else { 7869 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7870 } 7871 7872 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7873 << PD->getDeclName(); 7874 7875 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7876 // the offending field came from 7877 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7878 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7879 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7880 I != E; ++I) { 7881 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7882 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7883 << OuterField->getType(); 7884 } 7885 7886 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7887 << QT->isPointerType() 7888 << QT; 7889 D.setInvalidType(); 7890 return; 7891 } 7892 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7893 } 7894 7895 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7896 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7897 /// nothing. 7898 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 7899 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7900 DC = DC->getParent(); 7901 return DC; 7902 } 7903 7904 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7905 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7906 /// nothing. 7907 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 7908 while (S->isClassScope() || 7909 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 7910 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7911 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7912 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 7913 S = S->getParent(); 7914 return S; 7915 } 7916 7917 NamedDecl* 7918 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7919 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7920 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7921 bool &AddToScope) { 7922 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7923 7924 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7925 7926 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7927 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7928 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7929 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7930 7931 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7932 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7933 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7934 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7935 7936 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7937 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7938 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7939 7940 bool isFriend = false; 7941 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7942 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 7943 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7944 7945 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7946 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7947 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7948 7949 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7950 7951 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7952 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7953 7954 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7955 isVirtualOkay); 7956 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7957 7958 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7959 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7960 7961 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7962 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7963 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7964 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7965 7966 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7967 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7968 7969 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7970 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7971 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7972 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7973 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7974 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7975 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7976 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7977 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7978 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7979 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7980 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7981 } 7982 7983 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7984 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7985 // return true). 7986 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7987 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7988 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7989 NewFD->setPure(true); 7990 7991 // C++ [class.union]p2 7992 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7993 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7995 } 7996 7997 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7998 isMemberSpecialization = false; 7999 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8000 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8001 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8002 8003 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8004 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8005 bool Invalid = false; 8006 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8007 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8008 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8009 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8010 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8011 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8012 : nullptr, 8013 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8014 Invalid)) { 8015 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8016 // This is a function template 8017 8018 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8019 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8020 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8021 8022 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8023 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8024 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8025 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8026 } 8027 8028 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8029 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8030 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8031 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8032 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8033 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8034 Invalid = true; 8035 } 8036 8037 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8038 NewFD->getLocation(), 8039 Name, TemplateParams, 8040 NewFD); 8041 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8042 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8043 8044 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8045 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8046 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8047 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8048 } 8049 } else { 8050 // This is a function template specialization. 8051 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8052 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8053 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8054 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8055 8056 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8057 if (isFriend) { 8058 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8059 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8060 8061 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8062 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8063 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8064 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8065 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8066 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8067 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8068 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8069 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8070 } 8071 8072 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8073 << Name << RemoveRange 8074 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8075 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8076 } 8077 } 8078 } 8079 else { 8080 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8081 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8082 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8083 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8084 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8085 } 8086 8087 if (Invalid) { 8088 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8089 if (FunctionTemplate) 8090 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8091 } 8092 8093 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8094 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8095 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8096 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8097 // 8098 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8099 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8101 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8102 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8103 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8104 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8105 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8106 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8107 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8108 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8109 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8110 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8111 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8112 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8113 } else { 8114 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8115 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8116 } 8117 8118 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8119 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8120 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8121 } 8122 8123 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8124 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8125 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8126 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8127 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8128 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8129 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8130 // thing to do. 8131 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8132 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8133 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8134 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8135 QualType Result = 8136 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8137 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8138 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8139 } 8140 8141 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8142 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8143 // declaration. 8144 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8145 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8146 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8147 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8148 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8149 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8150 } 8151 } 8152 8153 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8154 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8155 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8156 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8157 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->isDeductionGuide()) { 8158 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8159 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8160 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8161 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8162 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8163 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8164 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8165 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8166 // or conversion function. 8167 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8168 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8169 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8170 } 8171 } 8172 8173 if (isConstexpr) { 8174 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8175 // are implicitly inline. 8176 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8177 8178 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8179 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8180 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8181 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8182 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8183 } 8184 8185 if (isConcept) { 8186 // This is a function concept. 8187 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8188 FTD->setConcept(); 8189 8190 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8191 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8192 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8193 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8194 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8195 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8196 } 8197 8198 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8199 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8200 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8201 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8202 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8203 SourceRange Range; 8204 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8205 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8206 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8207 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8208 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8209 } else { 8210 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8211 } 8212 8213 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8214 // following restrictions: 8215 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8216 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8217 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8218 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8219 } 8220 8221 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8222 // following restrictions: 8223 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8224 // parameter list. 8225 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8226 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8227 } 8228 8229 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8230 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8231 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8232 8233 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8234 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8235 // specifiers, [...] 8236 if (isInline) { 8237 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8238 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8239 << 1 << 1; 8240 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8241 } 8242 8243 if (isFriend) { 8244 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8245 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8246 << 1 << 2; 8247 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8248 } 8249 8250 if (isConstexpr) { 8251 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8252 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8253 << 1 << 3; 8254 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8255 } 8256 8257 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8258 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8259 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8260 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8261 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8262 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8263 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8264 return NewFD; 8265 } 8266 } 8267 8268 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8269 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8270 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8271 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8272 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8273 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8274 << 0 8275 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8276 } else { 8277 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8278 if (FunctionTemplate) 8279 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8280 } 8281 } 8282 8283 if (isFriend) { 8284 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8285 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8286 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8287 } 8288 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8289 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8290 } 8291 8292 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8293 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8294 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8295 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8296 case FDK_Declaration: 8297 case FDK_Definition: 8298 break; 8299 8300 case FDK_Defaulted: 8301 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8302 break; 8303 8304 case FDK_Deleted: 8305 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8306 break; 8307 } 8308 8309 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8310 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8311 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8312 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8313 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8314 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8315 } 8316 8317 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8318 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8319 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8320 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8321 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8322 // the class. 8323 8324 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8325 // member function definition. 8326 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8327 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8328 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8329 } 8330 8331 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8332 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8333 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8334 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8335 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8336 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8337 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8338 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8339 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8340 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8341 } 8342 8343 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8344 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8345 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8346 isMemberSpecialization || 8347 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8348 8349 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8350 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8351 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8352 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8353 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8354 SE->getString(), 0)); 8355 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8356 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8357 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8358 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8359 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8360 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8361 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8362 } else 8363 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8364 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8365 } 8366 } 8367 8368 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8369 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8370 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8371 unsigned FTIIdx; 8372 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8373 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8374 8375 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8376 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8377 // single void argument. 8378 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8379 // already checks for that case. 8380 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8381 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8382 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8383 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8384 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8385 Params.push_back(Param); 8386 8387 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8388 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8389 } 8390 } 8391 8392 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8393 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8394 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8395 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8396 // the TU. 8397 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8398 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8399 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8400 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8401 8402 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8403 // instead. 8404 if (!TD) { 8405 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8406 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8407 } 8408 if (!TD) 8409 continue; 8410 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8411 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8412 continue; 8413 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8414 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8415 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8416 8417 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8418 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8419 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8420 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8421 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8422 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8423 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8424 } 8425 } 8426 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8427 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8428 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8429 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8430 // 8431 // @code 8432 // typedef void fn(int); 8433 // fn f; 8434 // @endcode 8435 8436 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8437 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8438 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8439 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8440 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8441 Params.push_back(Param); 8442 } 8443 } else { 8444 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8445 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8446 } 8447 8448 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8449 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8450 8451 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8452 NewFD->addAttr( 8453 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8454 Context, 0)); 8455 8456 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8457 // because all functions have linkage. 8458 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8459 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8460 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8461 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8462 } 8463 8464 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8465 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8466 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8467 NewFD->addAttr( 8468 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8469 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8470 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8471 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8472 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8473 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8474 NewFD)) 8475 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8476 } 8477 8478 // Handle attributes. 8479 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8480 8481 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8482 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8483 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8484 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8485 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8486 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8487 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8488 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8489 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8490 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8491 } 8492 } 8493 8494 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8495 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8496 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8497 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8498 8499 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8500 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8501 8502 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8503 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8504 isMemberSpecialization)); 8505 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8506 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8507 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8508 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8509 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8510 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8511 8512 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8513 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8514 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8515 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8516 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8517 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8518 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8519 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8520 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8521 int DiagID = 8522 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8523 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8524 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8525 } 8526 } 8527 } else { 8528 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8529 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8530 // 8531 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8532 // 8533 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8534 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8535 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8536 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8537 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8538 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8539 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8540 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8541 8542 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8543 // argument list into our AST format. 8544 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8545 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8546 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8547 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8548 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8549 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8550 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8551 TemplateArgs); 8552 8553 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8554 8555 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8556 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8557 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8558 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8559 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8560 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8561 8562 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8563 } else { 8564 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8565 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8566 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8567 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8568 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8569 } 8570 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8571 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8572 // wrote something like: 8573 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8574 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8575 // friend void foo<>(int); 8576 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8577 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8578 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8579 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8580 } 8581 8582 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8583 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8584 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8585 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8586 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8587 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8588 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8589 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8590 8591 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8592 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8593 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8594 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8595 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8596 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8597 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8598 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8599 TemplateArgs, 8600 InstantiationDependent))) { 8601 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8602 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8603 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8604 Previous)) 8605 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8606 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8607 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8608 && !isFriend) { 8609 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8610 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8611 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8612 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8613 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8614 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8615 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8616 : nullptr), 8617 Previous)) 8618 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8619 8620 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8621 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8622 // specialization (14.7.3) 8623 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8624 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8625 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8626 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8627 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8628 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8629 << SC 8630 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8631 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8632 8633 else 8634 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8635 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8636 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8637 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8638 } 8639 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8640 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8641 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8642 } 8643 8644 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8645 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8646 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8647 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8648 8649 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8650 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8651 8652 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8653 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8654 isMemberSpecialization)); 8655 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8656 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8657 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8658 } 8659 8660 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8661 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8662 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8663 8664 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8665 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8666 : NewFD); 8667 8668 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8669 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8670 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8671 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8672 8673 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8674 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8675 } 8676 8677 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8678 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8679 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8680 8681 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8682 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8683 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8684 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8685 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8686 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8687 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8688 : nullptr, 8689 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8690 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8691 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8692 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8693 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8694 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8695 DC->isDependentContext()) 8696 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8697 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8698 } 8699 8700 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8701 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8702 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8703 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8704 AddToScope }; 8705 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8706 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8707 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8708 8709 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8710 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8711 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8712 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8713 8714 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8715 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8716 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8717 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8718 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8719 // can actually do this check immediately. 8720 if (isFriend && 8721 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8722 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8723 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8724 // ignore these 8725 } else { 8726 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8727 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8728 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8729 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8730 // 8731 // class X { 8732 // void f() const; 8733 // }; 8734 // 8735 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8736 // 8737 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8738 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8739 // whether the parameter types are references). 8740 8741 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8742 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8743 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8744 return Result; 8745 } 8746 } 8747 8748 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8749 // to something. 8750 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8751 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8752 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8753 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8754 return Result; 8755 } 8756 } 8757 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8758 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8759 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8760 !isMemberSpecialization) { 8761 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8762 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8763 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8764 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8765 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8766 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8767 // generate them. 8768 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8769 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8770 } 8771 } 8772 8773 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8774 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8775 8776 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8777 8778 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8779 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8780 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8781 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8782 << NewFD; 8783 8784 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8785 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8786 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8787 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8788 EPI.Variadic = true; 8789 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8790 8791 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8792 NewFD->setType(R); 8793 } 8794 8795 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8796 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8797 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8798 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8799 8800 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8801 // marking the function. 8802 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8803 8804 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8805 // a pragma. 8806 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8807 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8808 8809 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8810 // the map of such variables. 8811 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8812 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8813 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8814 8815 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8816 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8817 8818 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8819 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8820 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8821 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8822 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8823 } 8824 8825 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8826 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8827 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8828 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8829 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8830 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8831 8832 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8833 } 8834 8835 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8836 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8837 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8838 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8839 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8840 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8841 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8842 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8843 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8844 } 8845 } 8846 8847 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8848 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8849 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8850 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8851 return FunctionTemplate; 8852 } 8853 } 8854 8855 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8856 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8857 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8858 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8859 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8860 D.setInvalidType(); 8861 } 8862 8863 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8864 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8865 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8866 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8867 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8868 : FixItHint()); 8869 D.setInvalidType(); 8870 } 8871 8872 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8873 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8874 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8875 } 8876 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8877 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8878 8879 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8880 // types. 8881 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8882 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8883 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8884 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8885 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8886 D.setInvalidType(); 8887 } 8888 } 8889 } 8890 } 8891 8892 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8893 8894 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8895 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8896 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8897 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8898 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8899 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8900 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8901 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8902 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8903 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8904 AddToScope = false; 8905 } 8906 8907 return NewFD; 8908 } 8909 8910 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8911 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8912 /// 8913 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8914 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8915 /// same declaration name. 8916 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8917 /// belongs to. 8918 /// 8919 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8920 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8921 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8922 // namespace scope. 8923 // 8924 // This allows to compile code like: 8925 // 8926 // void func(); 8927 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8928 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8929 // 8930 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8931 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8932 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8933 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8934 } 8935 8936 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8937 /// 8938 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8939 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8940 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8941 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8942 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8943 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8944 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8945 /// 8946 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8947 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 8948 /// previous declaration). 8949 /// 8950 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8951 /// 8952 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8953 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8954 LookupResult &Previous, 8955 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 8956 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8957 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8958 8959 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8960 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8961 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8962 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8963 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8964 8965 bool Redeclaration = false; 8966 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8967 8968 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8969 // the same name, if appropriate. 8970 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8971 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8972 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8973 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8974 // function to the scope. 8975 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8976 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8977 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8978 Redeclaration = true; 8979 OldDecl = Candidate; 8980 } 8981 } else { 8982 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8983 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8984 case Ovl_Match: 8985 Redeclaration = true; 8986 break; 8987 8988 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8989 Redeclaration = true; 8990 break; 8991 8992 case Ovl_Overload: 8993 Redeclaration = false; 8994 break; 8995 } 8996 8997 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8998 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8999 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 9000 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9001 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9002 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 9003 if (Redeclaration) 9004 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 9005 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9006 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9007 if (OverloadedDecl) 9008 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 9009 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9010 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9011 } 9012 } 9013 } 9014 9015 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9016 if (!Redeclaration && 9017 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9018 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9019 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9020 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9021 Redeclaration = true; 9022 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9023 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9024 9025 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9026 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9027 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9028 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9029 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9030 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 9031 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9032 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9033 } 9034 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9035 Redeclaration = false; 9036 OldDecl = nullptr; 9037 } 9038 } 9039 } 9040 } 9041 9042 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9043 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9044 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9045 // 9046 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9047 // definition of a static member function. 9048 // 9049 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9050 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9051 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9052 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9053 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9054 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9055 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9056 if (OldDecl) 9057 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9058 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9059 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9060 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9061 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9062 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9063 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9064 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9065 9066 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9067 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9068 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9069 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9070 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9071 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9072 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9073 9074 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9075 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9076 } 9077 } 9078 } 9079 9080 if (Redeclaration) { 9081 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9082 // merged. 9083 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9084 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9085 return Redeclaration; 9086 } 9087 9088 Previous.clear(); 9089 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9090 9091 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9092 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9093 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9094 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9095 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9096 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9097 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9098 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9099 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9100 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9101 } 9102 9103 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9104 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9105 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9106 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9107 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9108 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9109 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9110 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9111 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9112 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9113 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9114 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9115 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9116 } 9117 } 9118 9119 } else { 9120 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9121 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9122 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9123 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9124 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9125 } 9126 } 9127 } 9128 9129 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9130 9131 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9132 // C++-specific checks. 9133 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9134 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9135 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9136 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9137 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9138 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9139 9140 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9141 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9142 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9143 DeclarationName Name 9144 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9145 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9146 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9147 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9148 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9149 return Redeclaration; 9150 } 9151 } 9152 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9153 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9154 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9155 } else if (NewFD->isDeductionGuide() && 9156 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == 9157 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 9158 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9159 // explicitly specialized. 9160 Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9161 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9162 } 9163 9164 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9165 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9166 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9167 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9168 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9169 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9170 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9171 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9172 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9173 } 9174 } 9175 } 9176 9177 if (Method->isStatic()) 9178 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9179 } 9180 9181 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9182 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9183 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9184 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9185 return Redeclaration; 9186 } 9187 9188 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9189 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9190 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9191 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9192 return Redeclaration; 9193 } 9194 9195 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9196 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9197 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9198 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9199 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9200 9201 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9202 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9203 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9204 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9205 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9206 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9207 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9208 // specification, that's OK. 9209 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9210 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9211 if (!T.isNull() && 9212 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9213 NewFD->getType())) 9214 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9215 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9216 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9217 } 9218 9219 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9220 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9221 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9222 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9223 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9224 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9225 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9226 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9227 << NewFD << R; 9228 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9229 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9230 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9231 } 9232 9233 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9234 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9235 // [is] part of the function type 9236 // 9237 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9238 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9239 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9240 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9241 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9242 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9243 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9244 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9245 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9246 // restricted prior to C++17. 9247 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9248 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9249 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9250 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9251 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9252 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9253 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9254 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9255 return true; 9256 return false; 9257 }; 9258 9259 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9260 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9261 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9262 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9263 if (AnyNoexcept) 9264 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9265 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9266 << NewFD; 9267 } 9268 9269 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9270 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9271 } 9272 return Redeclaration; 9273 } 9274 9275 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9276 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9277 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9278 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9279 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9280 // appear in a declaration of main. 9281 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9282 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9283 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9284 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9285 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9286 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9287 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9288 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9289 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9290 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9291 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9292 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9293 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9294 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9295 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9296 } 9297 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9298 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9299 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9300 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9301 } 9302 9303 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9304 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9305 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9306 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9307 return; 9308 } 9309 9310 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9311 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9312 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9313 9314 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9315 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9316 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9317 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9318 9319 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9320 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9321 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9322 else { 9323 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9324 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9325 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9326 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9327 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9328 } 9329 } else { 9330 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9331 // set the flag which tells us that. 9332 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9333 9334 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9335 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9336 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9337 else { 9338 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9339 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9340 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9341 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9342 : FixItHint()); 9343 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9344 } 9345 } 9346 9347 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9348 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9349 9350 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9351 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9352 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9353 9354 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9355 9356 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9357 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9358 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9359 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9360 } 9361 9362 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9363 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9364 // getting shifty. 9365 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9366 HasExtraParameters = false; 9367 9368 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9369 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9370 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9371 nparams = 3; 9372 } 9373 9374 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9375 // if we had some location information about types. 9376 9377 QualType CharPP = 9378 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9379 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9380 9381 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9382 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9383 9384 bool mismatch = true; 9385 9386 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9387 mismatch = false; 9388 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9389 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9390 // char const ** 9391 // char const * const * 9392 // char * const * 9393 9394 QualifierCollector qs; 9395 const PointerType* PT; 9396 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9397 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9398 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9399 Context.CharTy)) { 9400 qs.removeConst(); 9401 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9402 } 9403 } 9404 9405 if (mismatch) { 9406 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9407 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9408 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9409 } 9410 } 9411 9412 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9413 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9414 } 9415 9416 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9417 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9418 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9419 } 9420 } 9421 9422 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9423 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9424 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9425 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9426 9427 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9428 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9429 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9430 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9431 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9432 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9433 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9434 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9435 9436 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9437 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9438 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9439 } 9440 } 9441 9442 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9443 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9444 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9445 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9446 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9447 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9448 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9449 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9450 // rules there don't matter.) 9451 const Expr *Culprit; 9452 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9453 return false; 9454 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9455 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9456 return true; 9457 } 9458 9459 namespace { 9460 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9461 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9462 class SelfReferenceChecker 9463 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9464 Sema &S; 9465 Decl *OrigDecl; 9466 bool isRecordType; 9467 bool isPODType; 9468 bool isReferenceType; 9469 9470 bool isInitList; 9471 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9472 9473 public: 9474 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9475 9476 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9477 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9478 isPODType = false; 9479 isRecordType = false; 9480 isReferenceType = false; 9481 isInitList = false; 9482 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9483 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9484 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9485 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9486 } 9487 } 9488 9489 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9490 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9491 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9492 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9493 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9494 if (!InitList) { 9495 Visit(E); 9496 return; 9497 } 9498 9499 // Track and increment the index here. 9500 isInitList = true; 9501 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9502 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9503 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9504 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9505 } 9506 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9507 } 9508 9509 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9510 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9511 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9512 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9513 Expr *Base = E; 9514 bool ReferenceField = false; 9515 9516 // Get the field memebers used. 9517 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9518 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9519 if (!FD) 9520 return false; 9521 Fields.push_back(FD); 9522 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9523 ReferenceField = true; 9524 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9525 } 9526 9527 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9528 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9529 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9530 return false; 9531 9532 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9533 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9534 return true; 9535 9536 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9537 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9538 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9539 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9540 9541 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9542 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9543 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9544 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9545 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9546 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9547 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9548 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9549 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9550 return true; 9551 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9552 break; 9553 } 9554 9555 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9556 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9557 return true; 9558 } 9559 9560 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9561 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9562 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9563 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9564 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9565 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9566 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9567 return; 9568 } 9569 9570 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9571 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9572 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9573 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9574 return; 9575 } 9576 9577 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9578 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9579 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9580 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9581 return; 9582 } 9583 9584 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9585 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9586 return; 9587 } 9588 9589 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9590 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9591 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9592 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9593 return; 9594 } 9595 } 9596 9597 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9598 if (isInitList) { 9599 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9600 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9601 return; 9602 } 9603 9604 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9605 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9606 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9607 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9608 return; 9609 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9610 } 9611 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9612 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9613 return; 9614 } 9615 9616 Visit(E); 9617 } 9618 9619 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9620 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9621 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9622 if (isReferenceType) 9623 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9624 } 9625 9626 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9627 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9628 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9629 return; 9630 } 9631 9632 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9633 } 9634 9635 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9636 if (isInitList) { 9637 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9638 return; 9639 } 9640 9641 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9642 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9643 9644 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9645 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9646 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9647 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9648 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9649 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9650 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9651 Warn = false; 9652 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9653 } 9654 9655 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9656 if (Warn) 9657 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9658 return; 9659 } 9660 9661 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9662 // Visit that expression. 9663 Visit(Base); 9664 } 9665 9666 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9667 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9668 9669 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9670 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9671 9672 Visit(Callee); 9673 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9674 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9675 } 9676 9677 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9678 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9679 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9680 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9681 if (!isPODType) 9682 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9683 return; 9684 } 9685 9686 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9687 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9688 return; 9689 } 9690 9691 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9692 } 9693 9694 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9695 9696 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9697 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9698 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9699 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9700 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9701 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9702 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9703 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9704 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9705 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9706 return; 9707 } 9708 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9709 } 9710 9711 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9712 // Treat std::move as a use. 9713 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9714 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9715 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9716 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9717 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9718 return; 9719 } 9720 } 9721 } 9722 9723 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9724 } 9725 9726 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9727 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9728 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9729 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9730 return; 9731 } 9732 9733 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9734 } 9735 9736 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9737 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9738 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9739 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9740 Visit(E->getCond()); 9741 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9742 } 9743 9744 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9745 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9746 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9747 unsigned diag; 9748 if (isReferenceType) { 9749 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9750 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9751 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9752 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9753 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9754 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9755 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9756 } else { 9757 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9758 return; 9759 } 9760 9761 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9762 S.PDiag(diag) 9763 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9764 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9765 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9766 } 9767 }; 9768 9769 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9770 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9771 bool DirectInit) { 9772 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9773 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9774 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9775 return; 9776 9777 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9778 9779 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9780 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9781 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9782 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9783 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9784 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9785 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9786 return; 9787 9788 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9789 } 9790 } // end anonymous namespace 9791 9792 namespace { 9793 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9794 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9795 struct VarDeclOrName { 9796 VarDecl *VDecl; 9797 DeclarationName Name; 9798 9799 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 9800 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 9801 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 9802 } 9803 }; 9804 } // end anonymous namespace 9805 9806 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9807 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9808 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9809 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9810 Expr *Init) { 9811 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9812 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9813 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9814 9815 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 9816 9817 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 9818 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 9819 9820 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9821 if (!Init) { 9822 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 9823 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9824 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 9825 return QualType(); 9826 } 9827 9828 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 9829 if (DirectInit) { 9830 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9831 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9832 } 9833 9834 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 9835 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 9836 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9837 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 9838 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 9839 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 9840 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 9841 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 9842 InitsCopy); 9843 } 9844 9845 if (DirectInit) { 9846 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9847 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9848 } 9849 9850 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9851 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9852 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9853 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9854 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9855 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9856 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9857 << VN << Type << Range; 9858 return QualType(); 9859 } 9860 9861 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9862 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9863 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9864 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9865 << VN << Type << Range; 9866 return QualType(); 9867 } 9868 9869 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9870 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9871 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9872 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9873 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9874 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 9875 return QualType(); 9876 } 9877 9878 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9879 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9880 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9881 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9882 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9883 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9884 return QualType(); 9885 } 9886 Init = Result.get(); 9887 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9888 } 9889 9890 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 9891 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 9892 // is present, e has type cv A 9893 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 9894 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 9895 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 9896 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 9897 Type.getQualifiers()); 9898 9899 QualType DeducedType; 9900 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9901 if (!IsInitCapture) 9902 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9903 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9904 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9905 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9906 << VN 9907 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9908 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9909 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9910 else 9911 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9912 << VN << TSI->getType() 9913 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9914 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9915 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9916 } 9917 9918 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9919 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9920 // checks. 9921 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9922 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9923 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9924 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9925 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9926 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 9927 } 9928 9929 return DeducedType; 9930 } 9931 9932 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 9933 Expr *Init) { 9934 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9935 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 9936 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9937 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9938 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9939 return true; 9940 } 9941 9942 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9943 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9944 9945 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9946 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9947 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9948 9949 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9950 // the previously declared type. 9951 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9952 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9953 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9954 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9955 } 9956 9957 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9958 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9959 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 9960 } 9961 9962 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9963 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9964 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9965 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 9966 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9967 // the initializer. 9968 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9969 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9970 return; 9971 } 9972 9973 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9974 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9975 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9976 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9977 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9978 return; 9979 } 9980 9981 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9982 if (!VDecl) { 9983 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9984 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9985 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9986 return; 9987 } 9988 9989 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9990 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9991 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9992 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9993 // TypoExpr. 9994 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9995 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9996 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9997 return; 9998 } 9999 Init = Res.get(); 10000 10001 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10002 return; 10003 } 10004 10005 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10006 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10007 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10008 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10009 return; 10010 } 10011 10012 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10013 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10014 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10015 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10016 return; 10017 } 10018 10019 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10020 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10021 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10022 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10023 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10024 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10025 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10026 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10027 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10028 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10029 return; 10030 } 10031 10032 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10033 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10034 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10035 AbstractVariableType)) 10036 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10037 } 10038 10039 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10040 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10041 // handle the situation. 10042 VarDecl *Def; 10043 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10044 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10045 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10046 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10047 return; 10048 10049 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10050 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10051 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10052 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10053 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10054 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10055 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10056 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10057 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10058 // 10059 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10060 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10061 // declaration with an initializer. 10062 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10063 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10064 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10065 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10066 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10067 << 0; 10068 return; 10069 } 10070 10071 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10072 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10073 10074 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10075 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10076 return; 10077 } 10078 } 10079 10080 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10081 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10082 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10083 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10084 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10085 return; 10086 } 10087 10088 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10089 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10090 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10091 10092 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10093 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10094 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10095 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10096 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10097 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10098 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10099 return; 10100 } 10101 Init = Result.get(); 10102 } 10103 10104 // Perform the initialization. 10105 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10106 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10107 // Handle errors like: int a({0}) 10108 if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 && 10109 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType())) 10110 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) { 10111 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 10112 << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange() 10113 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart()) 10114 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd()); 10115 Init = IList; 10116 CXXDirectInit = nullptr; 10117 } 10118 10119 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10120 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10121 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10122 10123 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10124 if (CXXDirectInit) 10125 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10126 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10127 10128 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10129 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10130 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10131 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10132 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10133 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10134 }); 10135 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10136 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10137 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10138 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10139 } 10140 } 10141 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10142 return; 10143 10144 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10145 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10146 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10147 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10148 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10149 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10150 return; 10151 } 10152 10153 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10154 } 10155 10156 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10157 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10158 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10159 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10160 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10161 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10162 } 10163 10164 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10165 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10166 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10167 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10168 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10169 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10170 10171 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10172 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10173 10174 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10175 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10176 10177 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10178 // Although this code can still have problems: 10179 // id x = self.weakProp; 10180 // id y = self.weakProp; 10181 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10182 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10183 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10184 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 10185 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10186 Init->getLocStart())) 10187 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10188 } 10189 10190 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10191 // 10192 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10193 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10194 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10195 // 10196 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10197 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10198 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10199 // 10200 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10201 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10202 false, 10203 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10204 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10205 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10206 return; 10207 } 10208 Init = Result.get(); 10209 10210 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10211 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10212 10213 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10214 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10215 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10216 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10217 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10218 const Expr *Culprit; 10219 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10220 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10221 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10222 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10223 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10224 // constant expressions. 10225 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10226 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10227 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10228 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10229 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10230 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10231 } 10232 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10233 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10234 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10235 // 10236 // struct S { 10237 // static const int value = 17; 10238 // }; 10239 10240 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10241 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10242 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10243 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10244 // 10245 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10246 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10247 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10248 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 10249 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10250 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10251 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10252 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10253 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10254 10255 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10256 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10257 10258 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10259 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10260 // type. 10261 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10262 10263 // Require constness. 10264 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10265 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10266 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10267 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10268 10269 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10270 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10271 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10272 SourceLocation Loc; 10273 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10274 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10275 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10276 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10277 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10278 ; // Nothing to check. 10279 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10280 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10281 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10282 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10283 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10284 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10285 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10286 } else { 10287 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10288 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10289 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10290 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10291 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10292 } 10293 10294 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10295 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10296 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10297 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10298 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10299 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10300 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10301 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10302 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10303 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10304 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10305 } else { 10306 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10307 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10308 10309 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10310 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10311 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10312 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10313 } 10314 } 10315 10316 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10317 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10318 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10319 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10320 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10321 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10322 10323 } else { 10324 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10325 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10326 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10327 } 10328 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10329 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10330 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10331 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10332 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10333 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10334 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10335 // C++ rules. 10336 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10337 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10338 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10339 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10340 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10341 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10342 10343 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10344 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10345 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10346 } 10347 10348 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10349 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10350 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10351 // 10352 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10353 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10354 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10355 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10356 // special case code. 10357 10358 // C++ 8.5p11: 10359 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10360 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10361 // class type. 10362 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10363 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10364 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10365 } else if (DirectInit) { 10366 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10367 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10368 } 10369 10370 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10371 } 10372 10373 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10374 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10375 /// of sanity. 10376 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10377 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10378 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10379 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10380 10381 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10382 if (!VD) return; 10383 10384 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10385 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10386 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10387 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10388 10389 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10390 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10391 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10392 return; 10393 } 10394 10395 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10396 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10397 10398 // Require a complete type. 10399 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10400 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10401 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10402 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10403 return; 10404 } 10405 10406 // Require a non-abstract type. 10407 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10408 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10409 AbstractVariableType)) { 10410 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10411 return; 10412 } 10413 10414 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10415 // though. 10416 } 10417 10418 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized 10419 /// init-list. 10420 /// 10421 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized. 10422 /// 10423 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'. 10424 /// 10425 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) { 10426 return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() || 10427 TargetType->getContainedAutoType(); 10428 } 10429 10430 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10431 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10432 if (!RealDecl) 10433 return; 10434 10435 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10436 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10437 10438 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10439 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10440 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10441 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10442 return; 10443 } 10444 10445 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10446 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10447 return; 10448 10449 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10450 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10451 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10452 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10453 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10454 // member. 10455 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10456 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10457 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10458 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10459 // a definition there. 10460 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10461 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10462 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10463 << Var->getDeclName(); 10464 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10465 return; 10466 } 10467 } else { 10468 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10469 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10470 return; 10471 } 10472 } 10473 10474 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10475 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10476 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10477 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10478 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10479 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10480 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10481 return; 10482 } 10483 } 10484 10485 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10486 // be initialized. 10487 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10488 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10489 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10490 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10491 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10492 return; 10493 } 10494 10495 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10496 case VarDecl::Definition: 10497 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10498 break; 10499 10500 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10501 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10502 // a declaration. 10503 // 10504 // Fall through 10505 10506 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10507 // It's only a declaration. 10508 10509 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10510 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10511 // object shall be complete. 10512 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10513 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10514 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10515 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10516 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10517 10518 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10519 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10520 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10521 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10522 AbstractVariableType)) 10523 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10524 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10525 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10526 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10527 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10528 } 10529 10530 return; 10531 10532 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10533 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10534 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10535 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10536 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10537 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10538 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10539 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10540 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10541 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10542 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10543 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10544 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10545 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10546 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10547 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10548 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10549 // NOTE: code such as the following 10550 // static struct s; 10551 // struct s { int a; }; 10552 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10553 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10554 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10555 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10556 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10557 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10558 } 10559 } 10560 10561 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10562 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10563 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10564 return; 10565 } 10566 10567 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10568 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10569 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10570 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10571 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10572 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10573 return; 10574 } 10575 10576 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10577 // definitions with reference type. 10578 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10579 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10580 << Var->getDeclName() 10581 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10582 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10583 return; 10584 } 10585 10586 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10587 // variable with dependent type. 10588 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10589 return; 10590 10591 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10592 return; 10593 10594 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10595 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10596 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10597 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10598 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10599 return; 10600 } 10601 } else { 10602 return; 10603 } 10604 10605 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10606 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10607 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10608 AbstractVariableType)) { 10609 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10610 return; 10611 } 10612 10613 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10614 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10615 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10616 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10617 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10618 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10619 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10620 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10621 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10622 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10623 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10624 if (const RecordType *Record 10625 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10626 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10627 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10628 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10629 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10630 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10631 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10632 } 10633 } 10634 10635 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10636 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10637 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10638 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10639 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10640 // type shall have a user-declared default 10641 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10642 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10643 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10644 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10645 // program is ill-formed. 10646 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10647 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10648 // default-initialized; [...]. 10649 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10650 InitializationKind Kind 10651 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10652 10653 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10654 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10655 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10656 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10657 else if (Init.get()) { 10658 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10659 // This is important for template substitution. 10660 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10661 } 10662 10663 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10664 } 10665 } 10666 10667 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10668 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10669 if (!D) 10670 return; 10671 10672 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10673 if (!VD) { 10674 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10675 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10676 return; 10677 } 10678 10679 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10680 10681 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10682 int Error = -1; 10683 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10684 case SC_None: 10685 break; 10686 case SC_Extern: 10687 Error = 0; 10688 break; 10689 case SC_Static: 10690 Error = 1; 10691 break; 10692 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10693 Error = 2; 10694 break; 10695 case SC_Auto: 10696 Error = 3; 10697 break; 10698 case SC_Register: 10699 Error = 4; 10700 break; 10701 } 10702 if (Error != -1) { 10703 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10704 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10705 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10706 } 10707 } 10708 10709 StmtResult 10710 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10711 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10712 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10713 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10714 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10715 // A range-based for statement of the form 10716 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10717 // is equivalent to 10718 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10719 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10720 10721 const char *PrevSpec; 10722 unsigned DiagID; 10723 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10724 getPrintingPolicy()); 10725 10726 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10727 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10728 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10729 10730 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10731 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10732 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10733 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10734 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10735 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10736 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10737 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10738 } 10739 10740 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10741 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10742 10743 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10744 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10745 // initialiser 10746 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10747 !var->hasInit()) { 10748 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10749 << 1 /*Init*/; 10750 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10751 return; 10752 } 10753 } 10754 10755 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10756 // local retaining variable. 10757 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10758 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10759 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10760 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10761 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10762 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10763 break; 10764 10765 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10766 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10767 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10768 break; 10769 } 10770 } 10771 10772 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10773 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10774 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10775 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10776 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10777 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10778 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10779 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10780 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10781 var->getLocation())) { 10782 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10783 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10784 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10785 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10786 10787 if (!prev) 10788 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10789 } 10790 10791 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10792 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10793 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10794 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10795 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10796 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10797 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10798 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10799 }; 10800 10801 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10802 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10803 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10804 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10805 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10806 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10807 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10808 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10809 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10810 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10811 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10812 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10813 // initialization. 10814 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10815 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10816 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10817 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10818 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10819 } 10820 } 10821 } 10822 10823 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10824 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10825 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10826 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10827 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10828 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10829 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10830 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10831 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10832 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10833 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10834 } else { 10835 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10836 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10837 } 10838 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10839 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10840 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10841 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10842 } 10843 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10844 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10845 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10846 10847 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10848 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10849 // attribute. 10850 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10851 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10852 CurInitSegLoc)); 10853 } 10854 10855 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10856 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10857 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10858 // current module. 10859 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10860 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10861 return; 10862 } 10863 10864 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10865 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10866 10867 QualType type = var->getType(); 10868 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10869 10870 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10871 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10872 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10873 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10874 10875 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10876 // constructing this copy. 10877 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10878 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10879 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10880 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10881 ExprResult result 10882 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10883 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10884 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10885 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10886 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10887 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10888 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10889 } 10890 } 10891 } 10892 10893 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10894 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10895 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10896 10897 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10898 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10899 10900 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10901 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10902 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10903 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10904 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10905 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10906 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10907 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10908 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10909 Notes.clear(); 10910 } 10911 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10912 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10913 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10914 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10915 } 10916 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10917 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10918 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10919 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10920 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10921 } 10922 10923 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10924 // were just diagnosed. 10925 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10926 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10927 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10928 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10929 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10930 if (DiagErr) { 10931 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10932 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10933 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10934 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10935 << attr->getRange(); 10936 } 10937 } 10938 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10939 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10940 var->getLocation())) { 10941 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10942 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10943 // warned about them. 10944 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10945 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10946 if (!checkConstInit()) 10947 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10948 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10949 } 10950 } 10951 } 10952 10953 // Require the destructor. 10954 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10955 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10956 10957 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10958 // module. 10959 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10960 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10961 } 10962 10963 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10964 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10965 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10966 return true; 10967 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10968 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10969 return true; 10970 return false; 10971 } 10972 10973 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10974 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10975 void 10976 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10977 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10978 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10979 10980 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10981 if (!VD) 10982 return; 10983 10984 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10985 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10986 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10987 } 10988 } 10989 10990 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10991 10992 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10993 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10994 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10995 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10996 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10997 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10998 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 10999 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11000 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11001 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11002 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11003 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11004 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11005 } 11006 } 11007 } 11008 11009 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11010 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11011 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11012 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11013 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11014 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11015 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11016 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11017 } 11018 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11019 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11020 // static storage class. 11021 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11022 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11023 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11024 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11025 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11026 } 11027 } 11028 11029 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11030 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11031 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11032 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11033 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11034 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11035 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11036 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11037 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11038 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11039 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11040 bool AllowedInit = false; 11041 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11042 AllowedInit = 11043 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11044 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11045 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11046 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11047 if (!AllowedInit && 11048 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11049 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11050 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11051 11052 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11053 if (AllowedInit) 11054 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11055 AllowedInit = 11056 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11057 11058 if (!AllowedInit) { 11059 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11060 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11061 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11062 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11063 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11064 } 11065 } else { 11066 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11067 // callable from the host side. 11068 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11069 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11070 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11071 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11072 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11073 } 11074 if (InitFn) { 11075 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11076 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11077 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11078 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11079 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11080 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11081 } 11082 } 11083 } 11084 } 11085 } 11086 11087 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11088 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11089 11090 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11091 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11092 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11093 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11094 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11095 // with a warning. 11096 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11097 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11098 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11099 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11100 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11101 11102 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11103 IsClassTemplateMember 11104 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11105 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11106 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11107 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11108 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11109 } 11110 } 11111 11112 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11113 // isn't exported with the variable. 11114 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11115 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11116 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11117 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11118 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11119 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11120 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11121 } else { 11122 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11123 << DLLAttr; 11124 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11125 } 11126 } 11127 11128 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11129 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11130 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11131 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11132 } 11133 } 11134 11135 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11136 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11137 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11138 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11139 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11140 11141 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 11142 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11143 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11144 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11145 11146 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11147 // tag values. 11148 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11149 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11150 return; 11151 11152 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11153 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11154 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11155 continue; 11156 } 11157 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11158 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11159 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11160 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11161 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11162 continue; 11163 } 11164 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11165 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11166 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11167 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11168 continue; 11169 } 11170 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11171 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11172 MagicValue, 11173 I->getMatchingCType(), 11174 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11175 I->getMustBeNull()); 11176 } 11177 } 11178 11179 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11180 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11181 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11182 } 11183 11184 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11185 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11186 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11187 11188 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11189 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11190 11191 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11192 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11193 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11194 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11195 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11196 11197 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11198 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11199 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11200 // to perform. 11201 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11202 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11203 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11204 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11205 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11206 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11207 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11208 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11209 11210 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11211 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11212 // declaration in the same group. 11213 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11214 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11215 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11216 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11217 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11218 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11219 } 11220 11221 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11222 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11223 // declarator in the same group. 11224 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11225 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11226 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11227 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11228 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11229 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11230 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11231 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11232 } 11233 } 11234 } 11235 11236 Decls.push_back(D); 11237 } 11238 } 11239 11240 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11241 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11242 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11243 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11244 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11245 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11246 } 11247 } 11248 11249 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11250 } 11251 11252 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11253 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11254 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11255 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11256 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11257 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11258 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11259 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11260 QualType Deduced; 11261 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11262 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11263 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11264 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11265 break; 11266 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11267 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11268 continue; 11269 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11270 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11271 DeducedDecl = D; 11272 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11273 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11274 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11275 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11276 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11277 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11278 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11279 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11280 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11281 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11282 break; 11283 } 11284 } 11285 } 11286 11287 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11288 11289 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11290 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11291 } 11292 11293 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11294 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11295 } 11296 11297 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11298 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11299 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11300 return; 11301 11302 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11303 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11304 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11305 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11306 return; 11307 11308 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11309 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11310 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11311 // additional declaration references: 11312 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11313 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11314 // 'struct S *pS;' 11315 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11316 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11317 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11318 Group = Group.slice(1); 11319 } 11320 } 11321 11322 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11323 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11324 if (!Comments.empty() && 11325 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11326 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11327 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11328 // 11329 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11330 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11331 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11332 // ahead through comments. 11333 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11334 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11335 } 11336 } 11337 11338 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11339 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11340 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11341 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11342 11343 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11344 11345 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11346 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11347 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11348 SC = SC_Register; 11349 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11350 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11351 SC = SC_Auto; 11352 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11353 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11354 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11355 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11356 } 11357 11358 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11359 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11360 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11361 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11362 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11363 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11364 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11365 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11366 << 0; 11367 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11368 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11369 11370 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11371 11372 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11373 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11374 11375 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11376 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11377 // parameter. 11378 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11379 11380 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11381 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11382 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11383 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11384 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11385 } 11386 } 11387 11388 // Ensure we have a valid name 11389 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11390 if (D.hasName()) { 11391 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11392 if (!II) { 11393 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11394 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11395 D.setInvalidType(true); 11396 } 11397 } 11398 11399 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11400 if (II) { 11401 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11402 ForRedeclaration); 11403 LookupName(R, S); 11404 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11405 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11406 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11407 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11408 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11409 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11410 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11411 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11412 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11413 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11414 11415 // Recover by removing the name 11416 II = nullptr; 11417 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11418 D.setInvalidType(true); 11419 } 11420 } 11421 } 11422 11423 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11424 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11425 // looking like class members in C++. 11426 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11427 D.getLocStart(), 11428 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11429 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11430 SC); 11431 11432 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11433 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11434 11435 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11436 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11437 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11438 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11439 11440 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11441 S->AddDecl(New); 11442 if (II) 11443 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11444 11445 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11446 11447 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11449 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11450 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11451 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11452 11453 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11454 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11455 } 11456 return New; 11457 } 11458 11459 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11460 /// typedef. 11461 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11462 SourceLocation Loc, 11463 QualType T) { 11464 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11465 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11466 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11467 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11468 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11469 SC_None, nullptr); 11470 Param->setImplicit(); 11471 return Param; 11472 } 11473 11474 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11475 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11476 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11477 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11478 return; 11479 11480 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11481 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11482 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11483 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11484 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11485 } 11486 } 11487 } 11488 11489 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11490 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11491 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11492 return; 11493 11494 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11495 // threshold. 11496 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11497 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11498 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11499 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11500 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11501 } 11502 11503 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11504 // threshold. 11505 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11506 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11507 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11508 continue; 11509 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11510 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11511 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11512 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11513 } 11514 } 11515 11516 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11517 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11518 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11519 StorageClass SC) { 11520 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11521 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11522 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11523 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11524 11525 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11526 11527 // Special cases for arrays: 11528 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11529 // - otherwise, it's an error 11530 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11531 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11532 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11533 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11534 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11535 } 11536 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11537 } else { 11538 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11539 } 11540 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11541 } 11542 11543 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11544 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11545 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11546 11547 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11548 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11549 // the class has been completely parsed. 11550 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11551 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11552 AbstractParamType)) 11553 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11554 11555 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11556 // passed by reference. 11557 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11558 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11559 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11560 Diag(NameLoc, 11561 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11562 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11563 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11564 New->setType(T); 11565 } 11566 11567 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11568 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11569 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11570 // an address space. 11571 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11572 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11573 // to be qualified with an address space. 11574 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11575 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11576 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11577 } 11578 } 11579 11580 return New; 11581 } 11582 11583 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11584 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11585 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11586 11587 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11588 // for a K&R function. 11589 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11590 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11591 --i; 11592 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11593 SmallString<256> Code; 11594 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11595 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11596 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11597 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11598 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11599 11600 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11601 // type. 11602 AttributeFactory attrs; 11603 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11604 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11605 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11606 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11607 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11608 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11609 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11610 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11611 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11612 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11613 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11614 } 11615 } 11616 } 11617 } 11618 11619 Decl * 11620 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11621 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11622 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11623 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11624 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11625 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11626 11627 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11628 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11629 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11630 } 11631 11632 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11633 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11634 } 11635 11636 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11637 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11638 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11639 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11640 return false; 11641 11642 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11643 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11644 return false; 11645 11646 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11647 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11648 return false; 11649 11650 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11651 if (FD->isMain()) 11652 return false; 11653 11654 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11655 if (FD->isInlined()) 11656 return false; 11657 11658 // Don't warn about function templates. 11659 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11660 return false; 11661 11662 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11663 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11664 return false; 11665 11666 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11667 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11668 return false; 11669 11670 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11671 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11672 return false; 11673 11674 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11675 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11676 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11677 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11678 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11679 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11680 continue; 11681 11682 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11683 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11684 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11685 break; 11686 } 11687 11688 return MissingPrototype; 11689 } 11690 11691 void 11692 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11693 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11694 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11695 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11696 // was an extern inline function. 11697 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11698 if (!Definition) 11699 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11700 return; 11701 11702 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11703 return; 11704 11705 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11706 // a template, skip the new definition. 11707 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11708 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11709 Definition->isInlined() || 11710 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11711 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11712 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11713 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11714 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11715 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11716 FD->getLocation()); 11717 return; 11718 } 11719 11720 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11721 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11722 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11723 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11724 else 11725 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11726 11727 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11728 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11729 } 11730 11731 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11732 Sema &S) { 11733 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11734 11735 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11736 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11737 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11738 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11739 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11740 11741 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11742 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11743 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11744 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11745 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11746 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11747 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11748 11749 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11750 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11751 11752 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11753 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11754 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11755 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11756 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11757 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11758 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11759 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11760 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11761 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11762 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11763 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11764 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11765 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11766 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11767 11768 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11769 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11770 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11771 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11772 } else { 11773 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11774 } 11775 ++I; 11776 } 11777 } 11778 11779 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11780 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11781 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11782 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11783 11784 if (!D) 11785 return D; 11786 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11787 11788 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11789 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11790 else 11791 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11792 11793 // See if this is a redefinition. 11794 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11795 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11796 11797 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11798 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11799 return D; 11800 } 11801 11802 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11803 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11804 // this function. 11805 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11806 11807 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11808 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11809 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11810 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11811 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11812 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11813 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11814 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11815 // have the LSI properly restored. 11816 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11817 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11818 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11819 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11820 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11821 } 11822 else 11823 // Enter a new function scope 11824 PushFunctionScope(); 11825 11826 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11827 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11828 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11829 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11830 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11831 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11832 } 11833 } 11834 11835 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11836 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11837 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11838 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11839 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11840 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11841 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11842 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11843 11844 if (FnBodyScope) 11845 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11846 11847 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11848 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11849 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11850 11851 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 11852 // scope. 11853 if (FnBodyScope) { 11854 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 11855 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 11856 if (!NonParmDecl) 11857 continue; 11858 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 11859 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 11860 11861 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 11862 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 11863 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11864 11865 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11866 // accessible in this scope. 11867 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 11868 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11869 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11870 } 11871 } 11872 } 11873 11874 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11875 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11876 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11877 11878 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11879 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11880 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11881 11882 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11883 } 11884 } 11885 11886 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11887 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11888 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11889 11890 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11891 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11892 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11893 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11894 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11895 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11896 return D; 11897 } 11898 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11899 // a function template). 11900 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11901 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11902 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11903 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11904 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11905 11906 return D; 11907 } 11908 11909 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11910 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11911 /// optimization. 11912 /// 11913 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11914 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11915 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11916 /// use the named return value optimization. 11917 /// 11918 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11919 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11920 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11921 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11922 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11923 11924 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11925 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11926 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11927 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11928 } 11929 } 11930 } 11931 11932 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11933 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11934 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11935 return false; 11936 11937 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11938 // return type (yet). 11939 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 11940 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11941 // we can still delay parsing it. 11942 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11943 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11944 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11945 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11946 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11947 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11948 } 11949 } 11950 return false; 11951 } 11952 11953 return true; 11954 } 11955 11956 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11957 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11958 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11959 // rest of the file. 11960 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11961 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11962 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11963 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11964 return false; 11965 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11966 } 11967 11968 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11969 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11970 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11971 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11972 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11973 return Decl; 11974 } 11975 11976 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11977 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11978 } 11979 11980 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11981 bool IsInstantiation) { 11982 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11983 11984 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11985 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11986 11987 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11988 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11989 11990 if (FD) { 11991 FD->setBody(Body); 11992 11993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11994 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11995 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11996 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11997 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11998 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11999 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12000 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12001 << FD->getReturnType(); 12002 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12003 } else { 12004 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12005 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12006 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12007 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12008 } 12009 } 12010 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12011 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12012 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12013 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12014 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12015 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12016 12017 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12018 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12019 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12020 QualType RetType = 12021 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12022 12023 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12024 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12025 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12026 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12027 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12028 } 12029 } 12030 12031 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12032 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12033 // is the first declaration. 12034 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12035 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12036 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12037 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12038 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12039 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12040 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12041 } 12042 12043 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12044 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12045 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12046 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12047 12048 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12049 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12050 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12051 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12052 12053 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12054 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12055 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12056 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12057 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12058 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12059 12060 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12061 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12062 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12063 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12064 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12065 12066 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12067 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12068 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12070 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12071 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12072 } 12073 12074 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12075 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12076 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12077 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12078 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12079 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12080 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12081 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12082 12083 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12084 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12085 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12086 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12087 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12088 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12089 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12090 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12091 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12092 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12093 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12094 } 12095 } 12096 12097 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12098 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12099 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12100 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12101 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12102 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12103 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12104 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12105 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12106 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12107 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12108 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12109 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 12110 } 12111 } 12112 12113 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12114 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12115 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12116 MD->isVirtual() && 12117 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12118 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12119 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12120 if (FD->isInlined() && 12121 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12122 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12123 12124 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12125 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12126 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12127 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12128 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12129 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12130 } else { 12131 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12132 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12133 } 12134 } 12135 } 12136 12137 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12138 "Function parsing confused"); 12139 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12140 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12141 MD->setBody(Body); 12142 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12143 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12144 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12145 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12146 12147 if (Body) 12148 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12149 } 12150 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12151 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12152 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12153 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12154 } 12155 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12156 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12157 bool isDesignated = 12158 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12159 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12160 (void)isDesignated; 12161 12162 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12163 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12164 if (!IFace) 12165 return false; 12166 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12167 if (!SuperD) 12168 return false; 12169 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12170 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12171 }; 12172 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12173 // of NSObject. 12174 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12175 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12176 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12177 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12178 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12179 } 12180 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12181 } 12182 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12183 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12184 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12185 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12186 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12187 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12188 } 12189 } else { 12190 return nullptr; 12191 } 12192 12193 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12194 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12195 12196 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12197 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12198 "handled in the block above."); 12199 12200 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12201 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12202 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12203 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12204 // Verify this. 12205 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12206 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12207 12208 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12209 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12210 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12211 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12212 12213 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12214 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12215 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12216 12217 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12218 Destructor->getParent()); 12219 } 12220 12221 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12222 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12223 // deletion in some later function. 12224 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12225 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12226 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12227 } 12228 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12229 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12230 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12231 // enabled. 12232 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12233 } 12234 12235 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12236 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12237 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12238 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12239 12240 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12241 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12242 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12243 // require prologue. 12244 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12245 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12246 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12247 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12248 RegisterVariables = 12249 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12250 if (!RegisterVariables) 12251 break; 12252 } 12253 } 12254 } 12255 if (RegisterVariables) 12256 continue; 12257 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12258 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12259 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12260 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12261 break; 12262 } 12263 } 12264 } 12265 12266 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12267 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12268 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12269 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12270 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12271 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12272 } 12273 12274 if (!IsInstantiation) 12275 PopDeclContext(); 12276 12277 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12278 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12279 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12280 // deletion in some later function. 12281 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12282 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12283 } 12284 12285 return dcl; 12286 } 12287 12288 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12289 /// relevant Decl. 12290 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12291 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12292 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12293 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12294 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12295 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12296 12297 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12298 if (Method->isStatic()) 12299 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12300 } 12301 12302 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12303 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12304 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12305 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12306 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12307 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12308 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12309 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12310 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12311 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12312 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12313 return ExternCPrev; 12314 } 12315 12316 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12317 unsigned diag_id; 12318 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12319 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12320 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12321 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12322 else 12323 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12324 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12325 12326 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12327 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12328 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12329 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12330 if (S && 12331 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12332 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12333 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12334 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12335 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12336 } 12337 12338 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12339 const char *Dummy; 12340 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12341 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12342 unsigned DiagID; 12343 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12344 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12345 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12346 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12347 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12348 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12349 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12350 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12351 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12352 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12353 /*NumParams=*/0, 12354 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12355 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12356 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12357 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12358 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12359 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12360 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12361 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12362 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12363 EST_None, 12364 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12365 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12366 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12367 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12368 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12369 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12370 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12371 Loc, Loc, D), 12372 DS.getAttributes(), 12373 SourceLocation()); 12374 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12375 12376 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12377 12378 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12379 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12380 12381 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12382 FD->setImplicit(); 12383 12384 CurContext = PrevDC; 12385 12386 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12387 12388 return FD; 12389 } 12390 12391 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12392 /// the declaration of this function. 12393 /// 12394 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12395 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12396 /// like NSLog or printf. 12397 /// 12398 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12399 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12400 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12401 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12402 return; 12403 12404 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12405 // actual attributes. 12406 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12407 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12408 unsigned FormatIdx; 12409 bool HasVAListArg; 12410 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12411 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12412 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12413 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12414 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12415 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12416 fmt = "NSString"; 12417 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12418 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12419 FormatIdx+1, 12420 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12421 FD->getLocation())); 12422 } 12423 } 12424 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12425 HasVAListArg)) { 12426 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12427 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12428 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12429 FormatIdx+1, 12430 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12431 FD->getLocation())); 12432 } 12433 12434 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12435 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12436 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12437 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12438 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12439 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12440 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12441 } 12442 12443 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12444 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12445 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12446 FD->getLocation())); 12447 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12448 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12449 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12450 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12451 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12452 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12453 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12454 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12455 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12456 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12457 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12458 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12459 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12460 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12461 else 12462 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12463 } 12464 } 12465 12466 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12467 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12468 // across. 12469 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12470 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12471 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12472 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12473 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12474 } 12475 12476 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12477 if (!Name) 12478 return; 12479 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12480 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12481 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12482 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12483 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12484 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12485 // about. 12486 } else 12487 return; 12488 12489 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12490 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12491 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12492 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12493 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12494 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12495 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12496 FD->getLocation())); 12497 } 12498 12499 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12500 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12501 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12502 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12503 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12504 FD->getLocation())); 12505 } 12506 } 12507 12508 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12509 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12510 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12511 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12512 12513 if (!TInfo) { 12514 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12515 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12516 } 12517 12518 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12519 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12520 D.getLocStart(), 12521 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12522 D.getIdentifier(), 12523 TInfo); 12524 12525 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12526 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12527 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12528 return NewTD; 12529 } 12530 12531 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12532 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12533 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12534 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12535 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12536 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12537 else 12538 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12539 } 12540 12541 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12542 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12543 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12544 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12545 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12546 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12547 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12548 case TST_enum: 12549 case TST_struct: 12550 case TST_interface: 12551 case TST_union: 12552 case TST_class: { 12553 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12554 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12555 break; 12556 } 12557 12558 default: 12559 break; 12560 } 12561 12562 return NewTD; 12563 } 12564 12565 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12566 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12567 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12568 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12569 12570 if (T->isDependentType()) 12571 return false; 12572 12573 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12574 if (BT->isInteger()) 12575 return false; 12576 12577 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12578 return true; 12579 } 12580 12581 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12582 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12583 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12584 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12585 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12586 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12587 12588 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12589 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12590 << Prev->isScoped(); 12591 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12592 return true; 12593 } 12594 12595 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12596 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12597 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12598 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12599 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12600 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12601 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12602 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12603 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12604 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12605 return true; 12606 } 12607 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12608 ; 12609 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12610 ; 12611 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12612 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12613 << Prev->isFixed(); 12614 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12615 return true; 12616 } 12617 12618 return false; 12619 } 12620 12621 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12622 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12623 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12624 /// 12625 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12626 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12627 switch (Tag) { 12628 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12629 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12630 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12631 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12632 } 12633 } 12634 12635 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12636 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12637 /// 12638 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12639 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12640 { 12641 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12642 } 12643 12644 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12645 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12646 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12647 return NTK_Typedef; 12648 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12649 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12650 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12651 return NTK_Template; 12652 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12653 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12654 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12655 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12656 switch (TTK) { 12657 case TTK_Struct: 12658 case TTK_Interface: 12659 case TTK_Class: 12660 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12661 case TTK_Union: 12662 return NTK_NonUnion; 12663 case TTK_Enum: 12664 return NTK_NonEnum; 12665 } 12666 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12667 } 12668 12669 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12670 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12671 /// 12672 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12673 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12674 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12675 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12676 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12677 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12678 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12679 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12680 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12681 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12682 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12683 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12684 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12685 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12686 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12687 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12688 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12689 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12690 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12691 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12692 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12693 return true; 12694 12695 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12696 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12697 bool isTemplate = false; 12698 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12699 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12700 12701 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12702 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12703 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12704 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12705 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12706 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12707 return true; 12708 } 12709 12710 if (isDefinition) { 12711 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12712 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12713 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12714 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12715 return true; 12716 } 12717 12718 bool previousMismatch = false; 12719 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12720 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12721 if (!previousMismatch) { 12722 previousMismatch = true; 12723 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12724 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12725 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12726 } 12727 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12728 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12729 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12730 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12731 } 12732 } 12733 return true; 12734 } 12735 12736 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12737 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12738 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12739 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12740 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12741 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12742 return true; 12743 } 12744 12745 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12746 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12747 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12748 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12749 12750 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12751 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12752 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12753 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12754 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12755 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12756 } 12757 12758 return true; 12759 } 12760 return false; 12761 } 12762 12763 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12764 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12765 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12766 /// namespace N { 12767 /// struct X; 12768 /// namespace M { 12769 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12770 /// } 12771 /// } 12772 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12773 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12774 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12775 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12776 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12777 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12778 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12779 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12780 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12781 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12782 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12783 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12784 return FixItHint(); 12785 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12786 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12787 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12788 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12789 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12790 break; 12791 } 12792 12793 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12794 // build an NNS. 12795 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12796 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12797 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12798 OS << "::"; 12799 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12800 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12801 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12802 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12803 } 12804 12805 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12806 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12807 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12808 /// using-declaration). 12809 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12810 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12811 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12812 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12813 12814 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12815 return true; 12816 12817 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12818 // encloses the other). 12819 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12820 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12821 return true; 12822 12823 return false; 12824 } 12825 12826 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12827 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12828 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12829 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12830 /// 12831 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12832 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12833 /// 12834 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12835 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12836 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12837 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12838 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12839 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12840 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12841 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12842 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12843 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12844 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12845 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12846 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12847 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12848 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12849 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12850 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12851 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12852 12853 OwnedDecl = false; 12854 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12855 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12856 12857 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 12858 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 12859 bool Invalid = false; 12860 12861 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12862 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12863 // for non-C++ cases. 12864 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12865 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12866 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12867 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12868 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12869 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12870 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12871 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12872 return nullptr; 12873 } 12874 12875 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12876 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12877 // be a member of another template). 12878 12879 if (Invalid) 12880 return nullptr; 12881 12882 OwnedDecl = false; 12883 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12884 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12885 TemplateParams, AS, 12886 ModulePrivateLoc, 12887 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12888 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12889 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12890 SkipBody); 12891 return Result.get(); 12892 } else { 12893 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12894 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12895 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12896 isMemberSpecialization = true; 12897 } 12898 } 12899 } 12900 12901 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12902 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12903 // redeclaration. 12904 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12905 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12906 12907 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12908 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12909 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12910 // type, default to int. 12911 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12912 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12913 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12914 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12915 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12916 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12917 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12918 12919 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12920 // Recover by falling back to int. 12921 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12922 12923 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12924 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12925 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12926 12927 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12928 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12929 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12930 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12931 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12932 } 12933 } 12934 } 12935 12936 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12937 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12938 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12939 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12940 12941 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12942 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12943 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12944 12945 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12946 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12947 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12948 12949 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12950 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12951 Name = nullptr; 12952 goto CreateNewDecl; 12953 } 12954 12955 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12956 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12957 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12958 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12959 if (!DC) { 12960 IsDependent = true; 12961 return nullptr; 12962 } 12963 } else { 12964 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12965 if (!DC) { 12966 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12967 << SS.getRange(); 12968 return nullptr; 12969 } 12970 } 12971 12972 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12973 return nullptr; 12974 12975 SearchDC = DC; 12976 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12977 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12978 12979 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12980 return nullptr; 12981 12982 if (Previous.empty()) { 12983 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12984 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12985 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12986 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12987 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12988 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12989 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12990 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12991 IsDependent = true; 12992 return nullptr; 12993 } 12994 12995 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12996 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12997 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12998 Name = nullptr; 12999 Invalid = true; 13000 goto CreateNewDecl; 13001 } 13002 } else if (Name) { 13003 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13004 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13005 // name different from T: 13006 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13007 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13008 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13009 return nullptr; 13010 13011 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13012 // declaration or definition. 13013 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13014 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13015 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13016 LookupName(Previous, S); 13017 13018 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13019 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13020 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13021 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13022 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13023 while (F.hasNext()) { 13024 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13025 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13026 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13027 F.erase(); 13028 } 13029 F.done(); 13030 } 13031 13032 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13033 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13034 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13035 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13036 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13037 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13038 // 13039 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13040 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13041 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13042 // 13043 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13044 // semantic context? 13045 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13046 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13047 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13048 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13049 while (F.hasNext()) { 13050 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13051 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13052 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13053 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13054 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13055 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13056 else 13057 F.erase(); 13058 } 13059 } 13060 F.done(); 13061 13062 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13063 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13064 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13065 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13066 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13067 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13068 } 13069 } 13070 13071 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13072 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13073 return nullptr; 13074 13075 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13076 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13077 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13078 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13079 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13080 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13081 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13082 } 13083 } 13084 13085 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13086 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13087 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13088 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13089 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13090 Previous.clear(); 13091 } 13092 13093 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13094 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13095 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13096 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13097 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13098 13099 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13100 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13101 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13102 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13103 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13104 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13105 isStdAlignValT = true; 13106 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13107 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13108 } 13109 } 13110 13111 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13112 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13113 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13114 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13115 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13116 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13117 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13118 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13119 13120 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13121 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13122 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13123 // 13124 // class-key identifier 13125 // 13126 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13127 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13128 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13129 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13130 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13131 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13132 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13133 // declaration. 13134 // 13135 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13136 // C structs and unions. 13137 // 13138 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13139 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13140 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13141 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13142 // 13143 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13144 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13145 // 13146 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13147 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13148 // lexical context, 13149 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13150 13151 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13152 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13153 } else { 13154 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13155 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13156 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13157 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13158 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13159 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13160 } 13161 13162 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13163 // diagnose some problems. 13164 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13165 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13166 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13167 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13168 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13169 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13170 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13171 } else { 13172 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13173 LookupName(Previous, S); 13174 } 13175 } 13176 13177 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13178 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13179 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13180 13181 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13182 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13183 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13184 13185 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13186 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13187 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13188 // in C++. 13189 // 13190 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13191 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13192 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13193 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13194 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13195 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13196 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13197 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13198 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13199 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13200 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13201 PrevDecl = Tag; 13202 Previous.clear(); 13203 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13204 Previous.resolveKind(); 13205 } 13206 } 13207 } 13208 } 13209 13210 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13211 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13212 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13213 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13214 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13215 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13216 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13217 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13218 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13219 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13220 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13221 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13222 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13223 << 0; 13224 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13225 Previous.clear(); 13226 goto CreateNewDecl; 13227 } 13228 } 13229 13230 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13231 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13232 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13233 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13234 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13235 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13236 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13237 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13238 // struct or something similar. 13239 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13240 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13241 Name)) { 13242 bool SafeToContinue 13243 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13244 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13245 if (SafeToContinue) 13246 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13247 << Name 13248 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13249 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13250 else 13251 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13252 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13253 13254 if (SafeToContinue) 13255 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13256 else { 13257 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13258 Name = nullptr; 13259 Previous.clear(); 13260 Invalid = true; 13261 } 13262 } 13263 13264 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13265 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13266 13267 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13268 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13269 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13270 if (ScopedEnum) 13271 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13272 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13273 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13274 return PrevTagDecl; 13275 } 13276 13277 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13278 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13279 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13280 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13281 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13282 13283 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13284 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13285 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13286 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13287 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13288 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13289 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13290 } 13291 13292 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13293 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13294 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13295 // and then later defined. 13296 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13297 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13298 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13299 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13300 } 13301 13302 if (!Invalid) { 13303 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13304 // we have attributes. 13305 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13306 if (Attr) { 13307 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13308 // declaration to hold them. 13309 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13310 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13311 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13312 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13313 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13314 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13315 SS.isEmpty()) { 13316 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13317 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13318 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13319 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13320 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13321 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13322 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13323 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13324 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13325 return PrevTagDecl; 13326 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13327 // that scope. 13328 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13329 } else { 13330 return PrevTagDecl; 13331 } 13332 } 13333 13334 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13335 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13336 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13337 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13338 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13339 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13340 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13341 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13342 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13343 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13344 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13345 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13346 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13347 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13348 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13349 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13350 } 13351 13352 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13353 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13354 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13355 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13356 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13357 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13358 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13359 // use it in place of this one. 13360 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13361 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13362 return Def; 13363 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13364 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13365 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13366 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13367 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13368 else 13369 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13370 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13371 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13372 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13373 // references get the previous definition. 13374 Name = nullptr; 13375 Previous.clear(); 13376 Invalid = true; 13377 } 13378 } else { 13379 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13380 // about a nested redefinition. 13381 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13382 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13383 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13384 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13385 diag::note_previous_definition); 13386 Name = nullptr; 13387 Previous.clear(); 13388 Invalid = true; 13389 } 13390 } 13391 13392 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13393 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13394 } 13395 13396 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13397 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13398 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13399 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13400 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13401 AS = AS_none; 13402 } 13403 } 13404 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13405 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13406 13407 } else { 13408 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13409 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13410 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13411 // have distinct types. 13412 Previous.clear(); 13413 } 13414 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13415 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13416 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13417 13418 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13419 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13420 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13421 } else { 13422 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13423 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13424 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13425 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13426 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13427 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13428 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13429 << Kind; 13430 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13431 Invalid = true; 13432 13433 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13434 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13435 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13436 // do nothing 13437 13438 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13439 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13440 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13441 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13442 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13443 Invalid = true; 13444 13445 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13446 // case here. 13447 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13448 unsigned Kind = 0; 13449 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13450 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13451 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13452 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13453 Invalid = true; 13454 13455 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13456 } else { 13457 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13458 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13459 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13460 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13461 Name = nullptr; 13462 Invalid = true; 13463 } 13464 13465 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13466 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13467 Previous.clear(); 13468 } 13469 } 13470 13471 CreateNewDecl: 13472 13473 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13474 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13475 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13476 13477 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13478 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13479 // keyword. 13480 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13481 13482 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13483 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13484 // PrevDecl. 13485 TagDecl *New; 13486 13487 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13488 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13489 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13490 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13491 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13492 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13493 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13494 13495 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13496 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13497 13498 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13499 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13500 TagDecl *Def; 13501 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13502 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13503 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13504 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13505 } 13506 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13507 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13508 << New; 13509 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13510 } else { 13511 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13512 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13513 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13514 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13515 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13516 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13517 13518 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13519 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13520 // the declaration context. 13521 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13522 IsForwardReference = true; 13523 } 13524 } 13525 13526 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13527 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13528 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13529 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13530 else 13531 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13532 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13533 } 13534 } else { 13535 // struct/union/class 13536 13537 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13538 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13540 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13541 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13542 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13543 13544 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13545 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13546 } else 13547 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13548 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13549 } 13550 13551 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13552 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13553 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13554 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13555 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13556 Invalid = true; 13557 } 13558 13559 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13560 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13561 if (SS.isSet()) { 13562 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13563 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13564 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13565 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13566 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13567 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13568 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13569 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13570 Invalid = true; 13571 13572 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13573 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13574 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13575 } 13576 } 13577 else 13578 Invalid = true; 13579 } 13580 13581 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13582 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13583 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13584 // 13585 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13586 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13587 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13588 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13589 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13590 // parsing of the struct). 13591 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13592 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13593 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13594 } 13595 } 13596 13597 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13598 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13599 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13600 << 2 13601 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13602 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13603 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13604 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13605 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13606 New->setModulePrivate(); 13607 } 13608 13609 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13610 // check the specialization. 13611 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13612 Invalid = true; 13613 13614 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13615 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13616 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13617 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13618 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13620 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13621 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13622 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13623 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13624 << Name; 13625 Invalid = true; 13626 } 13627 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13628 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13629 } 13630 } 13631 13632 if (Invalid) 13633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13634 13635 if (Attr) 13636 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13637 13638 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13639 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13640 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13641 13642 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13643 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13644 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13645 // the tag name visible. 13646 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13647 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13648 13649 // Set the access specifier. 13650 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13651 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13652 13653 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13654 New->startDefinition(); 13655 13656 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13657 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13658 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13659 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13660 if (PrevDecl) 13661 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13662 13663 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13664 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13665 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13666 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13667 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13668 } else if (Name) { 13669 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13670 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13671 if (IsForwardReference) 13672 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13673 } else { 13674 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13675 } 13676 13677 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13678 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13679 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13680 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13681 II->isStr("FILE")) 13682 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13683 13684 if (PrevDecl) 13685 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13686 13687 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13688 // record. 13689 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13690 13691 OwnedDecl = true; 13692 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13693 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13694 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13695 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13696 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13697 RD->completeDefinition(); 13698 return nullptr; 13699 } else { 13700 return New; 13701 } 13702 } 13703 13704 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13705 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13706 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13707 13708 // Enter the tag context. 13709 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13710 13711 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13712 13713 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13714 // record. 13715 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13716 } 13717 13718 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13719 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13720 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13721 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13722 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13723 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13724 CurContext = OCD; 13725 return IDecl; 13726 } 13727 13728 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13729 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13730 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13731 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13732 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13733 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13734 13735 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13736 13737 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13738 return; 13739 13740 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13741 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13742 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13743 13744 // C++ [class]p2: 13745 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13746 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13747 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13748 // as if it were a public member name. 13749 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13750 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13751 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13752 Record->getIdentifier(), 13753 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13754 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13755 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13756 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13757 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13758 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13759 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13760 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13761 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13762 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13763 } 13764 13765 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13766 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13767 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13768 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13769 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13770 13771 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13772 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13773 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13774 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13775 RD->completeDefinition(); 13776 } 13777 13778 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13779 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13780 13781 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13782 PopDeclContext(); 13783 13784 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13785 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13786 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13787 13788 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13789 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13790 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13791 } 13792 13793 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13794 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13795 PopDeclContext(); 13796 } 13797 13798 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13799 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13800 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13801 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13802 } 13803 13804 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13805 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13806 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13807 } 13808 13809 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13810 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13811 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13812 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13813 13814 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13815 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13816 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13817 RD->completeDefinition(); 13818 } 13819 13820 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13821 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13822 // the FieldCollector. 13823 13824 PopDeclContext(); 13825 } 13826 13827 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13828 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13829 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13830 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13831 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13832 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13833 if (ZeroWidth) 13834 *ZeroWidth = true; 13835 13836 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13837 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13838 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13839 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13840 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13841 return ExprError(); 13842 if (FieldName) 13843 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13844 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13845 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13846 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13847 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13848 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13849 return ExprError(); 13850 13851 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13852 // it now. 13853 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13854 return BitWidth; 13855 13856 llvm::APSInt Value; 13857 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13858 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13859 return ICE; 13860 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13861 13862 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13863 *ZeroWidth = false; 13864 13865 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13866 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13867 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13868 13869 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13870 if (FieldName) 13871 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13872 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13873 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13874 << Value.toString(10); 13875 } 13876 13877 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13878 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13879 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13880 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13881 13882 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13883 // ABI. 13884 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13885 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13886 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13887 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13888 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13889 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13890 unsigned DiagWidth = 13891 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13892 if (FieldName) 13893 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13894 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13895 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13896 13897 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13898 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13899 << DiagWidth; 13900 } 13901 13902 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13903 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13904 // 'bool'. 13905 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13906 if (FieldName) 13907 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13908 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13909 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13910 else 13911 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13912 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13913 } 13914 } 13915 13916 return BitWidth; 13917 } 13918 13919 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13920 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13921 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13922 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13923 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13924 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13925 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13926 return Res; 13927 } 13928 13929 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13930 /// 13931 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13932 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13933 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13934 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13935 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13936 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13937 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13938 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13939 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13940 return nullptr; 13941 } 13942 13943 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13944 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13945 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13946 13947 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13948 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13950 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13951 13952 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13953 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13954 D.setInvalidType(); 13955 T = Context.IntTy; 13956 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13957 } 13958 } 13959 13960 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13961 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13962 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13963 D.setInvalidType(); 13964 } 13965 13966 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13967 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13968 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13969 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13970 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13971 D.setInvalidType(); 13972 } 13973 13974 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13975 13976 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13977 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13978 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13979 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13980 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13981 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13982 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13983 13984 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13985 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13986 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13987 LookupName(Previous, S); 13988 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13989 case LookupResult::Found: 13990 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13991 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13992 break; 13993 13994 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13995 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13996 break; 13997 13998 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13999 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14000 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14001 break; 14002 } 14003 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14004 14005 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14006 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14007 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14008 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14009 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14010 } 14011 14012 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14013 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14014 14015 bool Mutable 14016 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14017 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14018 FieldDecl *NewFD 14019 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14020 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14021 14022 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14023 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14024 14025 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14026 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14027 14028 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14029 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14030 // with the same name in the same scope. 14031 } else if (II) { 14032 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14033 } else 14034 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14035 14036 return NewFD; 14037 } 14038 14039 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14040 /// 14041 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14042 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14043 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14044 /// created. 14045 /// 14046 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14047 /// 14048 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14049 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14050 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14051 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14052 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14053 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14054 SourceLocation TSSL, 14055 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14056 Declarator *D) { 14057 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14058 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14059 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14060 14061 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14062 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14063 if (T.isNull()) { 14064 InvalidDecl = true; 14065 T = Context.IntTy; 14066 } 14067 14068 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14069 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14070 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14071 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14072 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14073 InvalidDecl = true; 14074 } else { 14075 NamedDecl *Def; 14076 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14077 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14078 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14079 InvalidDecl = true; 14080 } 14081 } 14082 } 14083 14084 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14085 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14086 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14087 InvalidDecl = true; 14088 } 14089 14090 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14091 // than a variably modified type. 14092 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14093 bool SizeIsNegative; 14094 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14095 14096 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14097 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14098 SizeIsNegative, 14099 Oversized); 14100 if (FixedTInfo) { 14101 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14102 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14103 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14104 } else { 14105 if (SizeIsNegative) 14106 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14107 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14108 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14109 << Oversized.toString(10); 14110 else 14111 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14112 InvalidDecl = true; 14113 } 14114 } 14115 14116 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14117 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14118 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14119 AbstractFieldType)) 14120 InvalidDecl = true; 14121 14122 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14123 if (InvalidDecl) 14124 BitWidth = nullptr; 14125 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14126 if (BitWidth) { 14127 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14128 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14129 if (!BitWidth) { 14130 InvalidDecl = true; 14131 BitWidth = nullptr; 14132 ZeroWidth = false; 14133 } 14134 } 14135 14136 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14137 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14138 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14139 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14140 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14141 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14142 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14143 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14144 14145 if (DiagID) { 14146 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14147 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14148 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14149 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14150 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14151 Mutable = false; 14152 InvalidDecl = true; 14153 } 14154 } 14155 } 14156 14157 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14158 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14159 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14160 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14161 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14162 14163 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14164 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14165 if (InvalidDecl) 14166 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14167 14168 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14170 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14171 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14172 } 14173 14174 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14175 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14176 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14177 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14178 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14179 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14180 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14181 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14182 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14183 // objects. 14184 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14185 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14186 } 14187 } 14188 14189 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14190 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14191 // enabled. 14192 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14193 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14194 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14195 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14196 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14197 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14198 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14199 } 14200 } 14201 } 14202 14203 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14204 // representation, not a parser representation. 14205 if (D) { 14206 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14207 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14208 14209 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14210 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14211 } 14212 14213 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14214 // retainable type. 14215 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14216 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14217 14218 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14219 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14220 14221 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14222 return NewFD; 14223 } 14224 14225 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14226 assert(FD); 14227 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14228 14229 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14230 return false; 14231 14232 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14233 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14234 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14235 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14236 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14237 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14238 // copy constructors. 14239 14240 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14241 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14242 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14243 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14244 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14245 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14246 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14247 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14248 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14249 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14250 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14251 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14252 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14253 member = CXXDestructor; 14254 14255 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14256 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14257 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14258 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14259 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14260 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14261 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14262 // members unavailable. 14263 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14264 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14265 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14266 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14267 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14268 return false; 14269 } 14270 } 14271 14272 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14273 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14274 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14275 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14276 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14277 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14278 } 14279 } 14280 } 14281 14282 return false; 14283 } 14284 14285 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14286 /// AST enum value. 14287 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14288 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14289 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14290 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14291 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14292 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14293 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14294 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14295 } 14296 } 14297 14298 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14299 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14300 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14301 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14302 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14303 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14304 14305 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14306 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14307 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14308 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14309 14310 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14311 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14312 14313 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14314 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14315 14316 if (BitWidth) { 14317 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14318 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14319 if (!BitWidth) 14320 D.setInvalidType(); 14321 } else { 14322 // Not a bitfield. 14323 14324 // validate II. 14325 14326 } 14327 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14328 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14329 D.setInvalidType(); 14330 } 14331 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14332 // than a variably modified type. 14333 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14335 D.setInvalidType(); 14336 } 14337 14338 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14339 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14340 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14341 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14342 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14343 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14344 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14345 return nullptr; 14346 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14347 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14348 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14349 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14350 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14351 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14352 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14353 } 14354 else 14355 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14356 } else { 14357 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14358 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14359 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14361 return nullptr; 14362 } 14363 } 14364 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14365 } 14366 14367 // Construct the decl. 14368 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14369 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14370 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14371 14372 if (II) { 14373 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14374 ForRedeclaration); 14375 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14376 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14377 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14378 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14379 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14380 } 14381 } 14382 14383 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14384 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14385 14386 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14387 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14388 14389 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14390 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14391 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14392 14393 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14394 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14395 14396 if (II) { 14397 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14398 // these to the interface. 14399 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14400 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14401 } 14402 14403 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14404 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14405 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14406 14407 return NewID; 14408 } 14409 14410 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14411 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14412 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14413 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14414 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14415 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14416 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14417 return; 14418 14419 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14420 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14421 14422 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14423 return; 14424 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14425 if (!ID) { 14426 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14427 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14428 return; 14429 } 14430 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14431 else 14432 return; 14433 } 14434 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14435 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14436 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14437 14438 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14439 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14440 Context.CharTy, 14441 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14442 DeclLoc), 14443 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14444 true); 14445 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14446 } 14447 14448 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14449 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14450 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14451 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14452 14453 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14454 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14455 // it will now change. 14456 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14457 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14458 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14459 default: break; 14460 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14461 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14462 break; 14463 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14464 Context. 14465 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14466 break; 14467 } 14468 } 14469 14470 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14471 14472 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14473 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14474 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14475 if (Record) { 14476 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14477 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14478 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14479 ++NumNamedMembers; 14480 } 14481 } 14482 14483 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14484 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14485 14486 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14487 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14488 i != end; ++i) { 14489 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14490 14491 // Get the type for the field. 14492 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14493 14494 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14495 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14496 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14497 } 14498 14499 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14500 // diagnostics about it. 14501 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14502 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14503 continue; 14504 } 14505 14506 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14507 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14508 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14509 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14510 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14511 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14512 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14513 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14514 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14515 // array. 14516 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14517 // Field declared as a function. 14518 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14519 << FD->getDeclName(); 14520 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14521 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14522 continue; 14523 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14524 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14525 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14526 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14527 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14528 // Flexible array member. 14529 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14530 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14531 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14532 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14533 if (Record->isUnion()) 14534 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14535 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14536 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14537 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14538 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14539 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14540 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14541 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14542 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14543 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14544 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14545 14546 if (DiagID) 14547 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14548 << Record->getTagKind(); 14549 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14550 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14551 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14552 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14553 // of the type. 14554 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14555 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14557 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14558 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14559 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14560 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14561 14562 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14563 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14564 // 14565 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14566 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14567 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14568 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14569 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14570 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14571 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14572 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14573 continue; 14574 } 14575 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14576 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14577 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14578 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14579 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14580 // Incomplete type 14581 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14582 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14583 continue; 14584 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14585 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14586 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14587 // flexible array member. 14588 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14589 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14590 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14591 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14592 // structures. 14593 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14594 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14595 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14596 else { 14597 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14598 // other structs as an extension. 14599 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14600 << FD->getDeclName(); 14601 } 14602 } 14603 } 14604 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14605 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14606 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14607 AbstractIvarType)) { 14608 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14609 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14610 } 14611 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14612 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14613 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14614 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14615 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14616 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14617 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14618 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14619 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14620 FD->setType(T); 14621 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14622 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14623 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14624 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14625 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14626 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14627 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14628 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14629 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14630 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14631 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14632 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14633 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14634 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14635 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14636 } 14637 } else { 14638 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14639 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14640 } 14641 ARCErrReported = true; 14642 } 14643 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14644 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14645 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14646 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14647 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14648 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14649 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14650 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14651 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14652 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14653 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14654 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14655 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14656 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14657 } 14658 } 14659 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14660 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14661 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14662 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14663 ++NumNamedMembers; 14664 } 14665 14666 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14667 if (Record) { 14668 bool Completed = false; 14669 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14670 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14671 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14672 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14673 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14674 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14675 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14676 } 14677 14678 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14679 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14680 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14681 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14682 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14683 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14684 } 14685 14686 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14687 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14688 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14689 14690 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14691 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14692 // problem now. 14693 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14694 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14695 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14696 14697 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14698 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14699 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14700 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14701 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14702 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14703 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14704 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14705 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14706 continue; 14707 14708 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14709 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14710 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14711 // program is ill-formed. 14712 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14713 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14714 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14715 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14716 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14717 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14718 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14719 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14720 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14721 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14722 14723 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14724 } 14725 } 14726 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14727 Completed = true; 14728 } 14729 } 14730 } 14731 } 14732 14733 if (!Completed) 14734 Record->completeDefinition(); 14735 14736 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14737 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14738 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14739 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14740 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14741 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14742 } 14743 14744 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14745 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14746 14747 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14748 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14749 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14750 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14751 } 14752 14753 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14754 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14755 // compatibility problems. 14756 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14757 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14758 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14759 } else { 14760 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14761 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14762 CheckForZeroSize = 14763 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14764 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14765 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14766 } 14767 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14768 bool ZeroSize = true; 14769 bool IsEmpty = true; 14770 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14771 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14772 E = Record->field_end(); 14773 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14774 IsEmpty = false; 14775 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14776 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14777 ZeroSize = false; 14778 } else { 14779 ++NonBitFields; 14780 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14781 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14782 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14783 ZeroSize = false; 14784 } 14785 } 14786 14787 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14788 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14789 // extern "C" block. 14790 if (ZeroSize) { 14791 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14792 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14793 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14794 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14795 } 14796 14797 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14798 // but are accepted by GCC. 14799 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14800 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14801 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14802 << Record->isUnion(); 14803 } 14804 } 14805 } else { 14806 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14807 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14808 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14809 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14810 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14811 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14812 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14813 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14814 } 14815 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14816 // duplicates. 14817 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14818 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14819 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14820 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14821 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14822 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14823 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14824 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14825 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14826 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14827 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14828 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14829 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14830 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14831 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14832 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14833 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14834 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14835 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14836 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14837 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14838 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14839 if (IDecl) { 14840 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14841 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14842 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14843 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14844 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14845 continue; 14846 } 14847 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14848 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14849 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14850 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14851 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14852 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14853 continue; 14854 } 14855 } 14856 } 14857 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14858 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14859 } 14860 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14861 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14862 } 14863 } 14864 14865 if (Attr) 14866 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14867 } 14868 14869 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14870 /// the given type T. 14871 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14872 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14873 QualType T) { 14874 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14875 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14876 14877 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14878 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14879 --BitWidth; 14880 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14881 } 14882 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14883 } 14884 14885 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14886 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14887 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14888 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14889 // enum checking below. 14890 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14891 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14892 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14893 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14894 }; 14895 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14896 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14897 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14898 }; 14899 14900 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14901 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14902 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14903 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14904 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14905 return Types[I]; 14906 14907 return QualType(); 14908 } 14909 14910 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14911 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14912 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14913 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14914 Expr *Val) { 14915 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14916 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14917 QualType EltTy; 14918 14919 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14920 Val = nullptr; 14921 14922 if (Val) 14923 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14924 14925 if (Val) { 14926 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14927 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14928 else { 14929 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14930 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14931 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14932 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14933 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14934 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14935 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14936 ExprResult Converted = 14937 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14938 CCEK_Enumerator); 14939 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14940 Val = nullptr; 14941 else 14942 Val = Converted.get(); 14943 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14944 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14945 &EnumVal).get())) { 14946 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14947 } else { 14948 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14949 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14950 14951 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14952 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14953 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14954 // expression checking. 14955 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14956 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14957 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14958 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14959 } else 14960 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14961 } else 14962 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14963 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14964 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14965 .get(); 14966 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14967 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14968 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14969 // is the type of its initializing value: 14970 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14971 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14972 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14973 } else { 14974 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14975 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14976 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14977 // representable as an int. 14978 14979 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14980 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14981 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14982 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14983 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14984 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14985 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14986 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14987 } 14988 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14989 } 14990 } 14991 } 14992 } 14993 14994 if (!Val) { 14995 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14996 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14997 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14998 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14999 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15000 // is the type of its initializing value: 15001 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15002 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15003 // 15004 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15005 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15006 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15007 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15008 } 15009 else { 15010 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15011 } 15012 } else { 15013 // Assign the last value + 1. 15014 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15015 ++EnumVal; 15016 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15017 15018 // Check for overflow on increment. 15019 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15020 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15021 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15022 // is the type of its initializing value: 15023 // 15024 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15025 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15026 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15027 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15028 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15029 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15030 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15031 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15032 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15033 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15034 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15035 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15036 ++EnumVal; 15037 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15038 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15039 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15040 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15041 << EltTy; 15042 else 15043 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15044 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15045 } else { 15046 EltTy = T; 15047 } 15048 15049 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15050 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15051 // value, then increment. 15052 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15053 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15054 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15055 ++EnumVal; 15056 15057 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15058 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15059 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15060 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15061 // integral type. 15062 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15063 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15064 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15065 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15066 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15067 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15068 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15069 } 15070 } 15071 } 15072 15073 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15074 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15075 // enumerator's type. 15076 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15077 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15078 } 15079 15080 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15081 Val, EnumVal); 15082 } 15083 15084 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15085 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15086 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15087 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15088 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15089 15090 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15091 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15092 // skip the body. 15093 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15094 ForRedeclaration); 15095 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15096 if (!PrevECD) 15097 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15098 15099 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15100 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15101 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15102 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15103 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15104 return Skip; 15105 } 15106 15107 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15108 } 15109 15110 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15111 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15112 AttributeList *Attr, 15113 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15114 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15115 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15116 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15117 15118 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15119 // we find one that is. 15120 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15121 15122 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15123 // scope. 15124 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15125 ForRedeclaration); 15126 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15127 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15128 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15129 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15130 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15131 } 15132 15133 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15134 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15135 // different from T: 15136 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15137 // enumerated type 15138 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15139 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15140 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15141 15142 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15143 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15144 if (!New) 15145 return nullptr; 15146 15147 if (PrevDecl) { 15148 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15149 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15150 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15151 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15152 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15153 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15154 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15155 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15156 else 15157 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15158 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15159 return nullptr; 15160 } 15161 } 15162 15163 // Process attributes. 15164 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15165 15166 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15167 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15168 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15169 15170 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15171 15172 return New; 15173 } 15174 15175 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15176 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15177 // Element2 = Element1 15178 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15179 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15180 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15181 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15182 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15183 if (!InitExpr) 15184 return true; 15185 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15186 15187 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15188 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15189 return true; 15190 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15191 if (!IL) 15192 return true; 15193 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15194 return true; 15195 15196 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15197 } 15198 15199 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15200 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15201 if (!DRE) 15202 return true; 15203 15204 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15205 if (!EnumConstant) 15206 return true; 15207 15208 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15209 Enum) 15210 return true; 15211 15212 return false; 15213 } 15214 15215 namespace { 15216 struct DupKey { 15217 int64_t val; 15218 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15219 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15220 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15221 }; 15222 15223 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15224 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15225 false); 15226 } 15227 15228 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15229 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15230 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15231 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15232 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15233 } 15234 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15235 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15236 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15237 } 15238 }; 15239 } // end anonymous namespace 15240 15241 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15242 // a previous element has already been set to. 15243 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15244 EnumDecl *Enum, 15245 QualType EnumType) { 15246 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15247 return; 15248 // Avoid anonymous enums 15249 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15250 return; 15251 15252 // Only check for small enums. 15253 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15254 return; 15255 15256 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15257 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15258 15259 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15260 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15261 ValueToVectorMap; 15262 15263 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15264 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15265 15266 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15267 // an initialier. 15268 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15269 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15270 15271 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15272 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15273 if (!ECD) { 15274 return; 15275 } 15276 15277 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15278 continue; 15279 15280 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15281 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15282 15283 // First time encountering this value. 15284 if (Entry.isNull()) 15285 Entry = ECD; 15286 } 15287 15288 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15289 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15290 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15291 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15292 continue; 15293 15294 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15295 15296 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15297 if (Entry.isNull()) 15298 continue; 15299 15300 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15301 // Ensure constants are different. 15302 if (D == ECD) 15303 continue; 15304 15305 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15306 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15307 Vec->push_back(D); 15308 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15309 15310 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15311 Entry = Vec; 15312 15313 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15314 // diagnostics. 15315 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15316 continue; 15317 } 15318 15319 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15320 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15321 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15322 continue; 15323 15324 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15325 } 15326 15327 // Emit diagnostics. 15328 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15329 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15330 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15331 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15332 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15333 15334 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15335 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15336 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15337 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15338 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15339 ++I; 15340 15341 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15342 // the same value. 15343 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15344 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15345 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15346 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15347 delete Vec; 15348 } 15349 } 15350 15351 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15352 bool AllowMask) const { 15353 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 15354 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15355 15356 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15357 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15358 15359 if (R.second) { 15360 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15361 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15362 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15363 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15364 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15365 } 15366 } 15367 15368 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15369 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15370 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15371 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15372 // 15373 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15374 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15375 // likely a logic error. 15376 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15377 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15378 } 15379 15380 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15381 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15382 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15383 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15384 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15385 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15386 15387 if (Attr) 15388 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15389 15390 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15391 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15392 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15393 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15394 if (!ECD) continue; 15395 15396 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15397 } 15398 15399 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15400 return; 15401 } 15402 15403 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15404 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15405 // emit a warning. 15406 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15407 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15408 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15409 15410 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15411 // reverse the list. 15412 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15413 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15414 15415 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15416 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15417 15418 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15419 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15420 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15421 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15422 15423 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15424 15425 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15426 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15427 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15428 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15429 else 15430 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15431 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15432 15433 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15434 if (AllElementsInt) 15435 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15436 } 15437 15438 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15439 QualType BestType; 15440 unsigned BestWidth; 15441 15442 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15443 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15444 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15445 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15446 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15447 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15448 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15449 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15450 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15451 QualType BestPromotionType; 15452 15453 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15454 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15455 // enum definitions. 15456 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15457 Packed = true; 15458 15459 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15460 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15461 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15462 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15463 else 15464 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15465 15466 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15467 } 15468 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15469 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15470 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15471 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15472 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15473 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15474 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15475 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15476 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15477 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15478 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15479 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15480 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15481 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15482 } else { 15483 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15484 15485 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15486 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15487 } else { 15488 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15489 15490 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15491 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15492 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15493 } 15494 } 15495 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15496 } else { 15497 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15498 // all of the enumerator values. 15499 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15500 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15501 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15502 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15503 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15504 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15505 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15506 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15507 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15508 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15509 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15510 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15511 BestPromotionType 15512 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15513 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15514 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15515 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15516 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15517 BestPromotionType 15518 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15519 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15520 } else { 15521 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15522 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15523 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15524 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15525 BestPromotionType 15526 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15527 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15528 } 15529 } 15530 15531 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15532 // the type of the enum if needed. 15533 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15534 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15535 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15536 15537 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15538 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15539 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15540 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15541 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15542 15543 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15544 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15545 15546 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15547 // the enum decl type. 15548 QualType NewTy; 15549 unsigned NewWidth; 15550 bool NewSign; 15551 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15552 !Enum->isFixed() && 15553 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15554 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15555 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15556 NewSign = true; 15557 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15558 // Already the right type! 15559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15560 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15561 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15562 // enumeration. 15563 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15564 continue; 15565 } else { 15566 NewTy = BestType; 15567 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15568 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15569 } 15570 15571 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15572 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15573 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15574 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15575 15576 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15577 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15578 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15579 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15580 CK_IntegralCast, 15581 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15582 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15583 VK_RValue)); 15584 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15585 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15586 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15587 // enumeration. 15588 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15589 else 15590 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15591 } 15592 15593 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15594 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15595 15596 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15597 15598 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15599 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15600 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15601 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15602 15603 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15604 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15605 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15606 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15607 << ECD << Enum; 15608 } 15609 } 15610 15611 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15612 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15613 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15614 } 15615 15616 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15617 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15618 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15619 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15620 15621 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15622 AsmString, StartLoc, 15623 EndLoc); 15624 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15625 return New; 15626 } 15627 15628 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15629 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15630 bool FromInclude = false) { 15631 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15632 15633 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15634 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15635 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15636 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15637 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15638 break; 15639 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15640 break; 15641 } 15642 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15643 } 15644 15645 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15646 DC = DC->getParent(); 15647 15648 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15649 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15650 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15651 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15652 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15653 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15654 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15655 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15656 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15657 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15658 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15659 } 15660 } 15661 15662 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15663 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15664 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15665 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15666 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15667 // module inteface (not a module map). 15668 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15669 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15670 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15671 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15672 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15673 << (unsigned)MDK; 15674 return nullptr; 15675 } 15676 15677 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15678 15679 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15680 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15681 // module matters (eg a #include). 15682 15683 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15684 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15685 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15686 std::string ModuleName; 15687 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15688 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15689 ModuleName += "."; 15690 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15691 } 15692 15693 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15694 // correct. 15695 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15696 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15697 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15698 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15699 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15700 return nullptr; 15701 } 15702 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15703 15704 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15705 15706 switch (MDK) { 15707 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15708 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15709 15710 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15711 // map defining it already. 15712 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15713 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15714 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15715 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15716 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15717 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15718 << FE->getName(); 15719 return nullptr; 15720 } 15721 15722 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15723 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15724 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15725 15726 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15727 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15728 return nullptr; 15729 } 15730 15731 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15732 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15733 return nullptr; 15734 15735 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15736 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15737 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15738 15739 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15740 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15741 return nullptr; 15742 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15743 } 15744 15745 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15746 } 15747 15748 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15749 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15750 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15751 Module *Mod = 15752 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15753 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15754 if (!Mod) 15755 return true; 15756 15757 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15758 15759 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15760 15761 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15762 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15763 // silently ignoring the import. 15764 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15765 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15766 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15767 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15768 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15769 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15770 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15771 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15772 15773 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15774 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15775 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15776 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15777 // We need the length to be consistent. 15778 if (!ModCheck) 15779 break; 15780 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15781 15782 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15783 } 15784 15785 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15786 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15787 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15788 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15789 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15790 TU->addDecl(Import); 15791 return Import; 15792 } 15793 15794 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15795 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15796 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15797 } 15798 15799 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15800 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15801 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15802 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15803 // 15804 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15805 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15806 TUKind == TU_Module && 15807 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15808 15809 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15810 15811 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15812 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15813 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15814 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15815 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15816 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15817 DirectiveLoc); 15818 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15819 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15820 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15821 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15822 } 15823 15824 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15825 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15826 } 15827 15828 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15829 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15830 15831 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15832 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15833 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15834 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15835 15836 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15837 } 15838 15839 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15840 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15841 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15842 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15843 // is now out of date. 15844 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15845 } 15846 15847 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15848 "left the wrong module scope"); 15849 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15850 15851 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15852 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15853 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15854 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15855 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15856 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15857 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15858 } 15859 15860 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15861 Module *Mod) { 15862 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15863 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15864 return; 15865 15866 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15867 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15868 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15869 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15870 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15871 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15872 15873 // Make the module visible. 15874 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15875 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15876 } 15877 15878 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15879 /// (if present). 15880 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15881 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15882 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15883 15884 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15885 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15886 // export keyword. 15887 // 15888 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15889 // export-declaration. 15890 if (D->isExported()) 15891 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15892 15893 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15894 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15895 return D; 15896 } 15897 15898 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15899 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15900 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15901 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15902 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15903 15904 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15905 // anonymous namespace). 15906 15907 PopDeclContext(); 15908 return D; 15909 } 15910 15911 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15912 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15913 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15914 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15915 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15916 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15917 LookupOrdinaryName); 15918 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15919 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15920 15921 // If a declaration that: 15922 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15923 // 2) has external linkage 15924 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15925 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15926 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15927 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15928 else 15929 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15930 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15931 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15932 } else 15933 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15934 } 15935 15936 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15937 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15938 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15939 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15940 15941 if (PrevDecl) { 15942 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15943 } else { 15944 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15945 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15946 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15947 } 15948 } 15949 15950 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15951 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15952 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15953 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15954 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15955 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15956 LookupOrdinaryName); 15957 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15958 15959 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15960 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15961 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15962 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15963 } else { 15964 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15965 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15966 } 15967 } 15968 15969 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15970 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15971 } 15972